牛津译林版江阴市江阴南闸实验学校2020-2021学年初一英语上学期期末复习模拟试卷5(无答案)
- 格式:docx
- 大小:31.45 KB
- 文档页数:3
2020-2021学年第一学期期末测试牛津译林版七年级英语试题一、听力选择A.听对话回答问题本部分共有10小题,每小题你将听到一段对话,每段对话听两遍.在听每段对话前,你将有5秒钟的时间阅读题目;听完后,你还有5秒钟的时间从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项.1. Which subject does the man like best?A. B. C.2. What festival is it today?A. B. C.3. How does Linda often go to Sunshine Town?A. B. C.4. What do they often do after school?A. B. C.5. What size is the man's sweater now?A. Size SB. Size M.C. Size L.6. What is Tommy's mother looking for?A. Classes.B. Glasses.C. Bags.A. Daniel's.B. Millie's.C. Kitty's.8. How old is Mille?A.13B.14C.159. How many bottles of juice are there in the fridge?A. Two.B. Three.C. Five.10. Where are the speakers talking now?A. In a libraryB. In a post officeC. In a bookshopB.听对话和短文回答问题你将听到一段对话和两篇短文,各听两遍.在听每段对话或短文前,你将有时间阅读相关小题,每小题5秒钟;听完后,你还有5秒钟的时间从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项. 听下面一段对话,回答第11至12小题.11. Whose ball is this?A. Simon'sB. Peter'sC. Jill's12. What color is Jill's ball?A. Blue.B. Red.C. Green.听第一篇短文,回答第13至15小题.请根据短文内容,选择正确答案,完成信息记录表.13. A. 12 B. 13 C. 1414. A. brother B. sister C. grandfather15. A. Studying at school B. Playing basketball C. Listening to music听第二篇短文,回答第16至20小题.A. A singerB. A sports loverC. My friend's sister17. What are under Sally's bed?A. Some ballsB. Some shoesC. Some books18. How many basketballs does Sally have?A. OneB. Two.C. Three19. Who does Sally like?A. Yao MingB. Kobe BryantC. LeBron James20. Which club is Sally in?A. The football Club.B. The Basketball Club.C. The V olleyball Club.二、单项填空从A、B、C、D四个选项中,选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项.1.Hobo is e-dog, but his master Eddie is dog.A. an; asB. an; aC. a; anD. a; a2.My best friend Mike 12 years old and now in Zhangjiagang.A. is; liveB. is; livesC. are; liveD. are; lives3.Suzy enjoys . It helps her fit.A. dance; keepB. dance; keeps.C. dancing; keepD. dancing; keeps4.―Is that your deskmate Kitty?―No, Mum. has short hair. Let me tell you about .A. She; sheB. She; herC. Her; sheD. Her; her5.―I like volleyball very much, but I am not good at it.―You just need to more after school.A. readB. enjoyC. talkD. practice6.―When do you plan to meet for your school trip?―7:00 Sunday morning.A. At; inB. At; onC. On; inD. On; on7.―How do you celebrate ?―Our family usually get together, have a big dinner and set off fireworks.A. Spring FestivalB. ChristmasC. Dragon Boat FestivalD. Halloween8.Mary eats fruit and vegetables and it's not good for her health.A. oftenB. alwaysC. seldomD. usually9.―Do we need food for the New Year's party?―Sure. We need fruit and snacks.A. some; someB. some; anyC. any; someD. any; any10.―What would you like to order, Sir?―Let me have a look at the , please.A. foodB. menuC. kitchenD. picture11.It's 7 in the morning. Three little monkeys in the trees.A. is playingB. are playingC. playsD. play12.―do you take a walk every day?―Less than 1 hour.A. How longB. How oftenC. How muchD. How many13.My sweater is made wool. It is very warm.A. fromB. inC. ofD. by14.―Which subject do you like best?―I love Ar t best it's very interesting.A. soB. butC. andD. because15.―? I want to know her.―She is tall and cool in a blue dress.A. How is KateB. What is Kate doingC. Which one is KateD. When can I meet Kate三、完形填空先通读下面短文,掌握其大意,然后在每小题所给的A、B、C、 D四个选项中,选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项.We are snowflakes(雪花).Our home is in the big ___16___. When we are there, we are drops of water.We have many brothers. One day the ___17___ says to us," Little water drops(水滴)come into the sky. ___18___ we go to ride about in the sunshine.By and by we start for home. It is a ___19___ day, so we put on our white coats. The children see us come and say, "Oh, see the pretty snowflakes!" The children are very ___20___ to see us. We play with them. But we ___21___ too. There are many of us and we all work ___22___. We come when the flowers sleep in their beds. We put ___23___ coats over them and keep them ___24___. The flowers are glad to have us ___25___. When it is warm, our work here will be over. Then we shall go home to the sea.16. A. river B. sea C. lake D. park17. A. sun B. plant C. child D. flower18. A. But B. Because C. And D. So19. A. cold B. foggy C. warm D. hot20. A. angry B. sad C. glad D. sorry21. A. wait B. work C. talk D. think22. A. once B. only C. alone D. together23. A. his B. their C. our D. her24. A. beautiful B. warm C. clean D. happy25. A. learn B. play C. come D. go四、阅读理解)阅读下列短文,从每小题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中,选出最佳选项.ALost: A white dogMy name is Allan Green. My phone number is 216-0911. You can e-mail me atalan6512@163. com.Found: A purple schoolbagAn English book, a dictionary and some keys are in it.My name is Jenny Black. My phone number is 612-7878.Found: A photoI found a photo in the school library. A teacher, a girl and a boy are in the photo.The teacher is in a blue jacket. Is it yours? Call Mike at 216-9871.Lost: A model planeI lost my model plane. I must find it. Call Bill at 678-0911. E-mail me atbill808@.26. Allan can't find his .A. schoolbagB. dogC. photoD. model plane27. What's NOT in the schoolbag?A. A dictionary.B. An English book.C. A notebook.D. Some keys.28. What color is the teacher's jacket?A. White.B. Yellow.C. Blue.D. Purple.29. If you find a model plane, you can call .A. AlanB. JennyC. MikeD. BillBA little play does not harm any one, but does much good. After play, we should be glad to workI know a boy. He likes a good game very much. He could run, swim, jump and play ball; and is always happy when out of school.But he knows that time is not all for play and that our minutes, hours and days are very precious.At the end of his play, he will go home. After he washes his face and hands, and brushes his hair, he will help his mother, or read in his book, or write upon his slate.He often says, "One thing at a time." When he is done with work, he will play; but he does not try to play and to work at the same time.30. Which of the following about the boy is true?A. He likes to play a lot.B. He is not happy when he is at school.C. He is very good at sports.D. He enjoys playing when he is working.31. What does the word "harm" mean in Paragraph 1?A. 损害B. 保护C. 获得D. 同情32. What is the writer's main purpose(目的)of writing this article?A. The boy the writer knows is a good boy.B. The boy in the article is a good game player.C. We shouldn't play before finishing our homework.D. We should be happy to work after a little play.COne day, a fox invites a stork(鹤)to his den(穴居)for dinner. The stork sits down at the table, and the fox brings out two bowls of soup. The fox quickly licks up(舔)all the soup in his bowl, but the stork can not drink any of the soup because the bowl is too shallow(浅的)for her long beak(嘴).The fox licks his lips and asks, "Why don't you eat your soup?" And before the stork can answer, the fox takes her bowl and licks it up.The stork, who is polite, says only, "It is polite of you to invite me to dinner. I would like to invite you to my place for dinner tomorrow."The next evening, when the fox sits down at the stork's table, soup is served in tall, heavy jars(堆子).The stork drinks down her soup happily, but the fox can not get the soup inside. This time, the fox is hungry but he is also wiser. 33. Why does the fox invite the stork for dinner?A. The stork is the fox's good friend.B. The fox has delicious food at his den.C. The fox wants to play a trick on the stork.D. The stork likes to eat the fox's tasty soup.34. The stork asks the fox to dinner to .A. show his politenessB. give the fox a lessonC. treat the fox like a friendD. say his thanks to the fox35. What may the fox do next time when he invites the stork to dinner?A. He will let the stork have a good meal.B. He will make the stork hungry again.C. He will ask the stork to cook for him.D. He will use a shallow bowl for the stork.五、单词检测根据下列句子所给音标、汉语注释或上下文,写出空白处各单词的正确形式.每空只写一词.36. Eddie is very ______ ['leizi]. He spends much time in bed.37. My gloves feel very ______ [smu:ð] and they are comfortable to wear.38. Our classmates want to help the children in some poor ______ ['eəriəs].39. My parents always give me nice ______ (礼物)on my birthday.40. Amy likes ______ (收集)football cards.41. Morning exercises help us get ______ (准备好)for the day.42. ―How much does the dress ______?―500 yuan.43. ―I don't like the black shoes. Can I see ______ pai r?―Sure. What about this white pair?44. ―What do you think of the yellow blouse?―It looks great ______ you.45. ―Would you like something to eat?―No, thank you. I am not ______.六、连词成句)将题中所给的单词重新排列,连成正确的句子,请注意句末所给标点符号及句首大写.46. wear I what am about thinking to___________________________________________________________________________47. size is shirt what your__________________________________________________________________________48. healthy so is important food___________________________________________________________________________49. more to less he sports eat plans and sugar do__________________________________________________________________________50. for Rodger CD to buy mother a his wants._________________________________________________________________________句子翻译51. 已经没有很多牛肉了._________________________________________________________________________52. 让我们买上4公斤肉吧!____________________________________________________________________________53. 我也需要吃点鱼.___________________________________________________________________________54. 通常到达购物中心要花去我半小时.___________________________________________________________________________55. 购物中心何时开放?__________________________________________________________________________八、阅读表达阅读下面的短文并用英语回答问题,并将答案写在答题卡标有题号的横线上.Susie Sunbeam is not her real name; that is Susan Brown. But everyone calls her Susie Sunbeam, because she has such a sweet face and always brings brightness with her when she comes.Her grandfather first gives her this name. When she learns how to walk, she loves to go about the house and get things for her mother.Susie is always pleasant in her play with other children. She never uses an unkind word, but tries to do what herplaymates like best.One day, a poor little girl with a very old dress is going by and Susie hears some children playing tricks on her. She at once runs out and asks the poor little girl to come in. "Why are you crying?" Susie asks."Because they all laugh at me," she says.Then Susie takes the little girl into the house. She makes her happy with kind words, and gives her a nice dress and a pair of shoes.This brings real gladness to the poor child. She, too, thinks that Susie is really sunbeam just like her name.56. Who gives the girl the name of Susie Sunbeam?______________________________________________________________________57. What do you think of Susie?She is ______ and ________.58. Do you want to be a person like Susie Sunbeam? Why or why not?_____________________________________________________________________59.书面表达假如你是校外联部主席李华,你校的美国交换生Bill即将来你校进行短暂交流学习,给你发了一封电子邮件,想要了解一下你们的学校生活情况.请认真阅读下面的邮件,根据信中的内容和你的实际情况用英语回复,字数80左右.注意:1.开头和结尾已写好,不计入总词数.2.回复必须包括所有要点,可适当发挥,使全文连贯通顺.3.文中不得提及人名,校名等相关信息.Dear Bill,Thank you for your letter. I am glad to tell you about my school life.If you have any other questions, write to me!Yours,Lihua答案与解析一、听力选择A.听对话回答问题本部分共有10小题,每小题你将听到一段对话,每段对话听两遍.在听每段对话前,你将有5秒钟的时间阅读题目;听完后,你还有5秒钟的时间从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项.1. Which subject does the man like best?A. B. C.2. What festival is it today?A. B. C.3. How does Linda often go to Sunshine Town?A. B. C.4. What do they often do after school?A. B. C.5. What size is the man's sweater now?A. Size SB. Size M.C. Size L.6. What is Tommy's mother looking for?A. Classes.B. Glasses.C. Bags.7. Whose bag is it?A. Daniel's.B. Millie's.C. Kitty's.8. How old is Mille?A.13B.14C.159. How many bottles of juice are there in the fridge?A. Two.B. Three.C. Five.10. Where are the speakers talking now?A. In a libraryB. In a post officeC. In a bookshopB.听对话和短文回答问题你将听到一段对话和两篇短文,各听两遍.在听每段对话或短文前,你将有时间阅读相关小题,每小题5秒钟;听完后,你还有5秒钟的时间从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项. 听下面一段对话,回答第11至12小题.11. Whose ball is this?A. Simon'sB. Peter'sC. Jill's12. What color is Jill's ball?A. Blue.B. Red.C. Green.听第一篇短文,回答第13至15小题.请根据短文内容,选择正确答案,完成信息记录表.13. A. 12 B. 13 C. 1414. A. brother B. sister C. grandfather15. A. Studying at school B. Playing basketball C. Listening to music听第二篇短文,回答第16至20小题.16. Who is Sally?A. A singerB. A sports loverC. My friend's sister17. What are under Sally's bed?A. Some ballsB. Some shoesC. Some books18. How many basketballs does Sally have?A. OneB. Two.C. Three19. Who does Sally like?A. Yao MingB. Kobe BryantC. LeBron James20. Which club is Sally in?A. The football Club.B. The Basketball Club.C. The V olleyball Club.二、单项填空从A、B、C、D四个选项中,选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项.1.Hobo is e-dog, but his master Eddie is dog.A. an; asB. an; aC. a; anD. a; a【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意:Hobo是一个电子狗,但是他的主人Eddie是一条狗.根据不定冠词a/an一个,通常用于泛指,a用于辅音音素开头的单数可数名词前,an用于元音音素开头单数可数名词前;根据e-dog元音音素开头,dog辅音音素开头;故选B【点睛】不定冠词的用法1.用于可数名词的单数形式前,指人或事物的某一类.2.指某人或某物,但不具体说明.3.表示“一”这个量词.4.用于某些固定词组中,例如:a few.定冠词的用法 1.特指某人或某物.2.指双方都知道的人或物.3.指上文提到过的人或物.4.用于世界上独一无二的事物前,例如:the moon.5.用于序数词和最高级前.2.My best friend Mike 12 years old and now in Zhangjiagang.A. is; liveB. is; livesC. are; liveD. are; lives【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意:我最好的朋友迈克12岁,现在他住在张家港.根据第二人称和复数用are, 第三人称单数和不可数名词用is,根据主语My best friend Mike单三,所以第一个空用is,排除C/D;根据主语My best friend Mike单三,第二个空谓语动词用单数形式;故选B【点睛】动词be有三种形式am,is ,are,表达“是”第一人称单数用am,例如:I am a student.第二人称和复数用are,例如:You are a good boy./You are students.第三人称单数和不可数名词用is,例如:He is my son./Milk is white.3.Suzy enjoys . It helps her fit.A. dance; keepB. dance; keeps.C. dancing; keepD. dancing; keeps【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意:Suzy喜欢跳舞,它帮她保持健康.根据enjoy doing sth喜欢做某事,排除A/B;根据help sb do sth帮助某人做某事;排除选项D,故选C4.―Is that your deskmate Kitty?―No, Mum. has short hair. Let me tell you about .A. She; sheB. She; herC. Her; sheD. Her; her【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意:——那是你的同桌,Kitty吗?——不是,妈妈,她有短发,让我告诉你关于她(的情况).根据she 她,主格;her她的,(形容词性的物主代词);她,(宾格);根据第一句子缺少主语,所以用人称代词主格,about介词,后面用宾格,做介词宾语;故选B5.―I like volleyball very much, but I am not good at it.―You just need to more after school.A. readB. enjoyC. talkD. practice【答案】D【解析】【详解】句意:——我非常喜欢排球,但是我不擅长它.——你只是需要放学后多练习.A. read 阅读; B. enjoy 喜欢; C. talk 谈话; D. practice练习;根据I like volleyball very much, but I am not good at it.可知是放学后多练习打排球;故选D6.―When do you plan to meet for your school trip?―7:00 Sunday morning.A. At; inB. At; onC. On; inD. On; on【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意:——你们什么时候为学校的旅行准备集合?——在星期天上午7点.根据at放在几点钟前,当上午、下午、晚上有修饰词时用介词on,故选B【点睛】介词可以用在时间和地点前.放在时间前的用法:at放在几点钟前,例如:at one o’clock;on 用于具体的某一天前或者上午、下午、晚上有修饰词时,例如:on Thursday , on cold afternoon; in用于上午、下午、晚上、年、月等.放在地点前的用法:at+小地方,in+大地方,例如:at home, in Beijing 7.―How do you celebrate ?―Our family usually get together, have a big dinner and set off fireworks.A. Spring FestivalB. ChristmasC. Dragon Boat FestivalD. Halloween【答案】A【解析】【详解】句意:——你们怎么庆祝春节?——我们家人通常聚在一起,吃一顿丰盛的晚宴,放烟花.A. Spring Festival 春节; B. Christmas 圣诞节;C. Dragon Boat Festival 端午节; D. Halloween万圣节;根据havea big dinner and set off fireworks和各个节日风俗,可知是春节;故选A8.Mary eats fruit and vegetables and it's not good for her health.A. oftenB. alwaysC. seldomD. usually【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意:玛丽很少吃水果和蔬菜,它对她的健康没好处.A. often 经常; B. always 总是; C. seldom 很少; D. usually通常;根据常识和后句:it's not good for her health.可知是很少吃水果和蔬菜;故选C 9.―Do we need food for the New Year's party?―Sure. We need fruit and snacks.A. some; someB. some; anyC. any; someD. any; any【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意:——我们新年聚会需要一些食物吗?——当然,我们需要一些水果和甜点.根据some通常用于肯定句,any通常用于否定句和疑问句;故选C10.―What would you like to order, Sir?―Let me ha ve a look at the , please.A. foodB. menuC. kitchenD. picture【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意:——你想点什么,先生?——让我看看菜单.A. food 食物; B. menu 菜单; C. kitchen 厨房; D. picture图画;根据What would you like to order, Sir?可知是在餐馆点菜,所以是看看菜单;故选B11.It's 7 in the morning. Three little monkeys in the trees.A. is playingB. are playingC. playsD. play【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意:现在是早晨7点,三个小猴子正在树上玩.Ais playing现在进行时;Bare playing现在进行时;Cplays单三形式;Dplay动词原形.根据It's 7 in the morning.可知用现在进行时态,结构是be doing,排除C/D;根据主语Three little monkeys复数,所以用are;故选B12.―do you take a walk every day?―Less than 1 hour.A. How longB. How oftenC. How muchD. How many【答案】A【解析】【详解】句意:——你每周散步多上时间?——不到一小时.A. How long 多长,主要对做某事用多长时间进行提问, B. How often 多久,对频率进行提问, C. How much 多少,后用不可数名词; D. How many 多少,后用可数名词复数;根据Less than 1 hour可知问散步多长时间;故选A【点睛】how much多少,后用不可数名词;how many多少,后用可数名词复数;how long多长,主要对一段时间进行提问,例如:How long do you wtach TV at weekend?;how often多久,对频率进行提问,例如:How often do you go home?Once a week.;how soon多久,指将来某个动作发生这段时间提问,常用于一般将来时态中,例如:How soon will you come back?13.My sweater is made wool. It is very warm.A. fromB. inC. ofD. by【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意:我的毛衣是羊毛做的,非常暖和.根据be made of由---制成(看出原材料),be made from 由---制成(看不出原材料),be made in 由某地生产,be made by由某人生产;根据wool.羊毛,能看出原材料;故选C【点睛】be made of由---制成(看出原材料)例如:This salad is made of apples and strwberries. ;be made from由---制成(看不出原材料)例如:The paper is made from wood. ;be made in 由某地生产,例如:This machine is made in China. ;be made into被做成---;例如:Trees can be made into paper. ;be made for为---生产,例如:These cups are made for the king.14.―Which subject do you like best?―I love Art best it's very interesting.A. soB. butC. andD. because【答案】D【解析】【详解】句意:——你最喜欢哪个科目?——我最喜欢美术,因为它非常有趣.A. so 所以; B. but 但是;C. and 和;D. because因为;根据I love Art best 和it's very interesting.之间的关系,可知是表示原因;故选D15.―? I want to know her.―She is tall and cool in a blue dress.A. How is KateB. What is Kate doingC. Which one is KateD. When can I meet Kate【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意:——凯特是哪个?我想认识她.——她穿着蓝裙子,又高又酷.A. How is Kate 凯特好吗? B. What is Kate doing凯特在做什么?C. Which one is Kate凯特是哪个? D. When can I meet Kate我什么时候能见凯特?根据I want to know her.和She is tall and cool in a blue dress.可知问凯特是哪个;故选C三、完形填空先通读下面短文,掌握其大意,然后在每小题所给的A、B、C、 D四个选项中,选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项.We are snowflakes(雪花).Our home is in the big ___16___. When we are there, we are drops of water.We have many brothers. One day the ___17___ says to us," Little water drops(水滴)come into the sky. ___18___ we go to ride about in the sunshine.By and by we start for home. It is a ___19___ day, so we put on our white coats. The children see us come and say, "Oh, see the pretty snowflakes!" The children are very ___20___ to see us. We play with them. But we ___21___ too. There are many of us and we all work ___22___. We come when the flowers sleep in their beds. We put ___23___ coats over them and keep them ___24___. The flowers are glad to have us ___25___. When it is warm, our work here will be over. Then we shall go home to the sea.16. A. river B. sea C. lake D. park17. A. sun B. plant C. child D. flower18. A. But B. Because C. And D. So19. A. cold B. foggy C. warm D. hot20. A. angry B. sad C. glad D. sorry21. A. wait B. work C. talk D. think22. A. once B. only C. alone D. together23. A. his B. their C. our D. her24. A. beautiful B. warm C. clean D. happy25. A. learn B. play C. come D. go【答案】16. B 17. A 18. C 19. A 20. C 21. B 22. D 23. C 24. B 25. C【解析】我们是雪花,我们的家在大海,在那里我们成了水滴,一天太阳对我们说,小水滴到天上来,让我们在阳光下转转,它是一个冷天,我们都穿上白色的外套,孩子们看见我们非常高兴,我们和他们玩,但是我们也工作,我们一起工作,我们来的时候,花在他们的床上睡觉,我们把我们的外套放在他们上面,给他们保暖,花非常高兴让我们来.【16题详解】考查名词辨析.句意:我们的家在大海.A. river 河流; B. sea 大海; C. lake 湖; D. park公园;根据Then we shall go home to the sea.可知家在大海;故选B【17题详解】考查名词辨析.句意:一天太阳对我们说.A. sun 太阳; B. plant 植物; C. child 孩子; D. flower花;根据Little water drops(水滴)come into the sky. 小水滴到天上来,可知是太阳;故选A【18题详解】考查连词.句意:让我们在阳光下转转.A. But 但是; B. Because 因为; C. And 和; D. So所以;根据Little water drops(水滴)come into the sky.和we go to ride about in the sunshine.之间是递进关系,所以用and;故选C【19题详解】考查形容词辨析.句意:它是一个冷天.A. cold 冷; B. foggy 有雾的; C. warm 暖和的; D. hot热的;根据so we put on our white coats.可知是冷;故选A【20题详解】考查形容词辨析.句意:孩子们看见我们非常高兴.A. angry 生气的; B. sad 伤心的; C. glad 高兴的;D. sorry对不起;根据The children see us come and say, "Oh, see the pretty snowflakes!" 和We play with them.可知是高兴;故选C【21题详解】考查动词辨析.句意:但是我们也工作.A. wait 等待; B. work 工作; C. talk 谈话; D. think认为;根据we all work可知是工作;故选B【22题详解】考查副词.句意:我们一起工作.A. once 一次; B. only 仅仅; C. alone 独自; D. together一起;根据There are many of us and we all work ___7___. We come when the flowers sleep in their beds. We put ___8___ coats over them可知是一起工作;故选D【23题详解】考查物主代词.句意:我们把我们的外套放在他们上面.A. his 他的; B. their 他们的; C. our 我们的;D. her她的;根据so we put on our white coats.和We put可知是我们的外套;故选C【24题详解】考查形容词辨析.句意:给他们保暖.A. beautiful 美丽的; B. warm 暖和的;C. clean干净的; D. happy 幸福的;根据put ___8___ coats over them可知是保持暖和;故选B【25题详解】考查动词辨析.句意:花非常高兴让我们来.A. learn 学习; B. play 玩; C. come 来; D. go走;根据We come when the flowers sleep in their beds. We put ___8___ coats over them and keep them ___9___.可知是高兴让我们来;故选C四、阅读理解)阅读下列短文,从每小题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中,选出最佳选项.ALost: A white dogMy name is Allan Green. My phone number is 216-0911. You can e-mail me atalan6512@163. com.Found: A purple schoolbagAn English book, a dictionary and some keys are in it.My name is Jenny Black. My phone number is 612-7878.Found: A photoI found a photo in the school library. A teacher, a girl and a boy are in the photo.The teacher is in a blue jacket. Is it yours? Call Mike at 216-9871.Lost: A model planeI lost my model plane. I must find it. Call Bill at 678-0911. E-mail me atbill808@.26. Allan can't find his .A. schoolbagB. dogC. photoD. model plane27. What's NOT in the schoolbag?A. A dictionary.B. An English book.C. A notebook.D. Some keys.28. What color is the teacher's jacket?A. White.B. Yellow.C. Blue.D. Purple.29. If you find a model plane, you can call .A. AlanB. JennyC. MikeD. Bill【答案】26. B 27. C 28. C 29. D【解析】这是两个寻物启事和两个招领启示.【26题详解】细节理解题.根据Lost: A white dog My name is Allan Green可知艾兰找不到狗了;故选B【27题详解】细节理解题.根据Found: A purple schoolbag An English book, a dictionary and some keys are in it.可知书包里有一本英语书、一个词典和一些钥匙;故选C【28题详解】细节理解题.根据The teacher is in a blue jacket.可知老师的夹克是蓝色;故选C【29题详解】细节理解题.根据Lost: A model plane I lost my model plane. I must find it. Call Bill at 678-0911.可知你如果发现了飞机模型,可以给比尔打电话;故选DBA little play does not harm any one, but does much good. After play, we should be glad to workI know a boy. He likes a good game very much. He could run, swim, jump and play ball; and is always happy when out of school.But he knows that time is not all for play and that our minutes, hours and days are very precious.At the end of his play, he will go home. After he washes his face and hands, and brushes his hair, he will help his mother, or read in his book, or write upon his slate.He often says, "One thing at a time." When he is done with work, he will play; but he does not try to play and to work at the same time.30. Which of the following about the boy is true?A. He likes to play a lot.B. He is not happy when he is at school.C. He is very good at sports.D. He enjoys playing when he is working.31. What does the word "harm" mean in Paragraph 1?A. 损害B. 保护C. 获得D. 同情32. What is the writer's main purpose(目的)of writing this article?A. The boy the writer knows is a good boy.B. The boy in the article is a good game player.C. We shouldn't play before finishing our homework.D. We should be happy to work after a little play.【答案】30. C 31. A 32. D【解析】小玩一下不会伤害任何人,玩后我们应该高兴的去工作,我认识一个男孩,他跑、跳、游泳和打球,放学后总是很高兴,他知道时间不能都来玩,每一分每一秒都很宝贵,在玩完后他洗脸、梳头、帮妈妈做家务、读书或写下他的活动,他总是说“一次做一样事情”,他尽量不边玩边学习.【30题详解】推理判断题.根据But he knows that time is not all for play and that our minutes, hours and days are very precious.可知A不对;根据He could run, swim, jump and play ball; and is always happy when out of school.可知B不对;根据He could run, swim, jump and play ball;可知C对;根据but he does not try to play and to work at the same time.可知D不对;故选C【31题详解】词义猜测题.根据A little play does not harm any one, but does much good. After play, we should be glad to work 可猜测是不会损害任何人;故选A【32题详解】主旨大意题.根据小玩一下不会伤害任何人,玩后我们应该高兴的去工作,我认识一个男孩,他跑、跳、游泳和打球,放学后总是很高兴,他知道时间不能都来玩,每一分每一秒都很宝贵,在玩完后他洗脸、梳头、帮妈妈做家务、读书或写下他的活动,他总是说“一次做一样事情”,他尽量不边玩边学习.可知目的是说小玩后我们应该高兴的去工作;故选DCOne day, a fox invites a stork(鹤)to his den(穴居)for dinner. The stork sits down at the table, and the fox brings out two bowls of soup. The fox quickly licks up(舔)all the soup in his bowl, but the stork can not drink any of the soup because the bowl is too shallow(浅的)for her long beak(嘴).The fox licks his lips and asks, "Why don't you eat your soup?" And before the stork can answer, the fox takes her bowl and licks it up.The stork, who is polite, says only, "It is polite of you to invite me to dinner. I would like to invite you to my place for dinner tomorrow."The next evening, when the fox sits down at the stork's table, soup is served in tall, heavy jars(堆子).The stork drinks down her soup happily, but the fox can not get the soup inside. This time, the fox is hungry but he is also wiser.33. Why does the fox invite the stork for dinner?A. The stork is the fox's good friend.B. The fox has delicious food at his den.C. The fox wants to play a trick on the stork.D. The stork likes to eat the fox's tasty soup.34. The stork asks the fox to dinner to .A. show his politenessB. give the fox a lessonC. treat the fox like a friendD. say his thanks to the fox35. What may the fox do next time when he invites the stork to dinner?A. He will let the stork have a good meal.B. He will make the stork hungry again.C. He will ask the stork to cook for him.D. He will use a shallow bowl for the stork.【答案】33. C 34. B 35. A【解析】一天,一个狐狸邀请一只鹤去吃晚饭,狐狸拿出两碗汤,狐狸很快喝完了,鹤不能喝到任何汤,因为碗太浅了,但是鹤很有礼貌,没说什么,邀请狐狸第二天去他家做客,第二天鹤把汤放在了又高又重的罐子里,狐狸也不能喝到,这次狐狸很饿.【33题详解】细节理解题.根据The fox quickly licks up(舔)all the soup in his bowl, but the stork can not drink any of the soup because the bowl is too shallow(浅的)for her long beak(嘴).The fox licks his lips and asks, "Why don't you eat your soup?" And before the stork can answer, the fox takes her bowl and licks it up.可知狐狸想捉弄鹤;故选C【34题详解】细节理解题.根据The next evening, when the fox sits down at the stork's table, soup is served in tall, heavy jars(堆子).The stork drinks down her soup happily, but the fox can not get the soup inside.可知是想给狐狸一个教训;故选B【35题详解】推理猜测题.根据This time, the fox is hungry but he is also wiser.可猜测下次狐狸再邀请鹤吃晚饭时,可能会让鹤吃一顿好饭;故选A五、单词检测根据下列句子所给音标、汉语注释或上下文,写出空白处各单词的正确形式.每空只写一词.36. Eddie is very ______ ['leizi]. He spends much time in bed.37. My gloves feel very ______ [smu:ð] and they are comfortable to wear.38. Our classmates want to help the children in some poor ______ ['eəriəs].39. My parents always give me nice ______ (礼物)on my birthday.40. Amy likes ______ (收集)football cards.41. Morning exercises help us get ______ (准备好)for the day.42. ―How much does the dress ______?―500 yuan.43. ―I don't like the black shoes. Can I see ______ pair?―Sure. What about this white pair?44. ―What do you think of the yellow blouse?―I t looks great ______ you.45. ―Would you like something to eat?。
2020-2021学年第一学期期末测试牛津译林版七年级英语试题第I 卷选择题听力第一部分听对话,回答问题.本部分共有15道小题,每小题你将听到一段对话, 每段对话听两遍.在听每段对话前,你将有5秒钟的时间阅读题目;听完后,你还有5秒钟的时间选出你认为最合适的备选答案. 1. Who is Lily’s friend?2. What sport does Jim like best?3.What is Millie doing at 7:30 today?4. Which is Simon’s favourite festival?5. What is James? A. A basketball player. B. A sports lover. C. David’s friend.6. How does John usually get to school? A. By bus. B. By bike. C. On foot.7. Where are they talking now? A. In a restaurant. B. In a library. C. In a bookshop.8. When does Tom do his homework? A. In the morning. B. In the afternoon. C. At night.9. How much do the hat and the dress cost? A. 33 yuan. B. 36 yuan. C. 37 yuan.10. What does the man think of the trainers?A. The trainers are nice but too small.B. The trainers are not comfortable but cheap.C. The trainers are not small.第二部分听对话或短文,回答问题.这一部分你将听到三段对话和两篇短文,各听两遍.听每段对话或短文前,你将有时间阅读相关小题,每小题5秒钟;听完后,每小题你还有5秒钟的时间选出你认为最合适的备选答案. 听第一段材料,回答第11-12题.11. Where is Amy going?A. A toy shop.B. A flower shop.C. A food shop.12. How many people are going shopping together finally (最终)?A. Two.B. Three.C. Four.听第一篇短文,回答13-15题.请根据短文内容,选择正确答案,完成信息记录表.13. A. This Friday B. This Saturday C. This Sunday14. A. at 10:30 a.m. B. at 11:00 a.m. C. at 11:30 a.m.15. A. Swimming B. Boating C. Running听第二篇短文,回答第16-20题.16. Mrs. Black is a 95-year-old woman from ______.A. AmericaB. JapanC. England17. Mrs. Black sleeps ______ hours a night.A. 7B. 8C. 918. Mrs. Black goes swimming at the nearby beach ______.A. every morningB. every afternoonC. every evening19. When the weather is fine, Mrs. Black also goes fishing with her ______.A. sonsB. daughtersC. grandchildren20. For the evening meal, Mrs. Black usually has ______, vegetables, rice and some soup.A.fishB. tomatoesC. chicken 单项选择从下列每题所给的选项中,选择一个最佳答案. 1.---Jackson seldom has _______ breakfast. ---It is _______ unhealthy lifestyle. You must ask him to change it. A. /; an B. the; an C. the; a,D. /; a 2.—When do you usually celebrate Christmas, Mr. Wu? —_______ 7:30 _______ the evening of December 25th. A. On; in B. At; on C. At; in D. On; on 3. —— ______ TV do you watch every day? ——About two hours. A. How much B. How many C. How long D. How often 4.-Mike, is it time _______ after-school activities? -Yes, let’s _______ to th e Reading Club. A. for, go B. to, goes C. for, going D. to, go 5.—Here comes the taxi! Where is Miss Liu? —She can’t go to the museum with us. She _______ some visitors around our school.A. showsB. is showingC. are showingD. show6.—________?—Father’s Day is coming. I’d like to buy a present for my father.A. How much would you likeB. What can I do for youC. What colour do you wantD. What size would you like?7.—Your skirt is really beautiful.—Thank you. Do you like _______, too?A.appleB. bananaC. lemonD. orange 8.—Sorry, the price of the trouser is too _______. —OK. Would you like to have a look at a cheaper ________? A. expensive; one B. expensive; pair C. high; one D. high; pair. 9.—_______ do you go fishing? — Once a month. A. How often B. How long C. How far D. How soon 10. -–Who would you like to buy the coat________? --- I’d like to give it to my brother ________ a present.A. for, for B. to, as C. for, as D. for, to 11.—The gloves are very beautiful. Can I _______? —Yes, of course. A. try it on B. try them on C. try on it D. try on them12.—Would you like to drink _______ juice ?—Yes, I’d love to. But there isn’t _______ juice in the glass.A. some; someB. any; someC. some; anyD. any; any13.—What do you think of my red and white coat? It _______ cotton.—It looks lovely on you.A. is made inB. is made ofC. is made fromD. is made for14. —May I have a cat at home, Dad?—Yes, you can. But you must know how to it.A. look afterB. look atC. look forD. look like15.—Happy New Year to you, Simon.—_______.A. Really? Thank you.B. Oh, I don’t think so.C. No. I am not cool at all.D. The same to you.完形填空Once there is a rich man named Chulong.One day, he is walking in his garden when he sees a strange ___16___ with beautiful colours and sweet voice in a tree. Chulong ___17___ goes near the tree and catches the bird. He thinks he can ___18___ it and gets lots of money.“Don’t think about making money through me!” says the bird, “___19___ will buy me, because I will lose my beauty and sweet voice if I am not free.” Chulong loses his hope of making money. He becomes angry and wants to ___20___ the bird for the meat.Then the ___21___ bird says, “Well, if you let me go, I will teach you ___22___ easy but useful rules, which can do good to you.”Chulong doesn’t believe the bird ___23___, and he is afraid that the bird will fly away. However, the bird promises(承诺) it will keep its word(守信). Chulong wants to have a try. He sets the bird free and it sits in a tree. It becomes ___24___ again.Chulong asks, “Now teach me the rules.” “Sure,” says the bird.Then the bird teaches Chulong the ___25___: The first rule is Never believe everything others say. The second rule is Never be sad about something you don’t ___26___. The third rule is Never throw away what you have in your hand.“You silly bird!” ___27___ Chulong, “Everyone knows these rules.”But the bird says, “Today, you have me in your hand, but you throw me away. You believe all that I say. And you are ___28___ about not having me. The rules are easy, ___29___ you never follow them. Now do you understand? Just sit down and think for a while.” With these words, the bird___30___.16. A. cat B. bird C. panda D. monkey17. A. happily B. sadly C. slowly D. friendly18. A. eat B. study C. draw D. sell19. A. Nobody B. Somebody C. Anybody D. Everybody20. A. find B. borrow C. smell D. kill21. A. busy B. helpful C. clever D. lucky22. A. three B. four C. five D. six23. A. at present B. later on C. at first D. at last24. A. healthy B. beautiful C. lazy D. busy25. A. songs B. words C. rules D. lesson26. A. have B. want C. know D. need27. A. smiles B. shouts C. laughs D. thinks28. A. happy B. excited C. angry D. sad29. A. and B. so C. but D. because30. A. stands up B. jumps down C. flies away D. gets up阅读理解AIn Sunshine Town if you want to go to the cinema or theatre, look at the following first.31. Miss Brown wants to see a film at 8:30 p.m., she can call _______.A. 010-6699 6644B. 010-6697 3219C. 010-6699 9977D. 010-6699 383432. Mrs. Wang will go to Sunshine Modern Cinema for a film with her 65-year-old fatherand her 13-year-old little son. She should pay _______.A. ¥80B. ¥90C. ¥110D. ¥12033. Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?A. You can see a play at Sunshine Theatre on Mondays at 10:30 a.m.B. The young can only pay¥20 when they go to Sunshine Cinema.C. You can call 010-6699 6644 if you want to watch a play.D. Sunshine Modern Cinema is open from 10:00 a.m.-11:30 p.m. at weekends.BDo you know what “pay it forward” means? It’s not paying for something before you buy it. “Pay it forward” is to do something nice for another person for no reason. Then that person can do something nice for someone else.You may think it doesn’t seem like much. But this kind act can spread(传播) really fast.One day, a woman buys McDonald’s in Florida, US. She also buys the next person’s meal. Well, that person does the same thing, and the next person does too. Soon, 250 people buy meals for another person!You can “pay it forward” by doing some other nice things for anyone around you. Just look for little things, like helping your mom clean the house without her asking. It can make a person’s day. Then, tell them to do three kind things for someone else. This way, anyone can make the world a better place.34. “Pay it forward” means _______.A. you give money first and then get thingsB. you get something without paying for itC. you do something good for another person for no reasonD. you buy many things for others35. After the woman in Florida buys food for the next person, _______.A. 250 people after her do the same thing for othersB. 250 people come to let the woman pay for themC. 250 people come to pay for the womanD. McDonald’s gives the woman a free meal36. In the last paragraph(段落), the writer _______.A.talks about how she does kind things at homeB. shows “paying it forward” is not good enoughC. tells us to do three kind things for momD. wants people to do nice things to make a better world 37. What is the best title(标题) for the passage?A. Paying for something before buying it.B. Buying meals for others.C. Kind acts make a better world.D. Doing three kind things a day.CDo you want to grow up? If not, then fly to Neverland(梦幻岛)like the kids do in “Peter Pan”!In the film, three kids---Wendy, John and Michael Darling---are enjoying life at home in London, England.But one night, a boy called Peter Pan flies into their room! He comes from an island called Neverland. He lives there with the Lost Boys, a group of boys w ho don’t want to grow up. Peter Pan wants the children to go with him to Neverland. He also wants Wendy to look after the Lost Boys.The children decide to fly with him to Neverland. But when they get there, they find out the Lost Boys are at war(战争) with Captain Cook, a pirate(海盗).Who will win? You have to watch the film to find out!The film is based on(改编于) the book, “Peter Pan, or The boy Who Just Wouldn’t Grow Up”, by James Barrie. Children have loved the story for over 100 years.38. Who live in London?A. Wendy, Peter Pan and Michael Darling.B. Wendy, John and Michael Darling.C. Peter Pan, John and Michael Darling.D. Wendy, John and Peter Pan.39. Who lives in the island called Neverland?A. Peter PanB. The Lost BoysC. The three boys from LondonD. Both A and B40. Which is wrong about the Lost Boys?A. The Lost Boys live with Peter Pan.B. The Lost Boys live in London.C. The Lost Boys hate growing up.D. The Lost Boys are a group of boys.41. According to the passage, which of the following is NOT true?A. Peter Pan will look after the Lost Boys himself.B. We will know who can win after we see the film or read the book.C. Children love this story.D. This passage tells the story of Peter Pan.DDear dad, you want a beautiful garden! but you don’t want to work hard! So why not get your family to do the work for you!If you want a new pond (池塘) in your garden, you can give your dog a bone. Dogs always dig (挖) a big hole inthe garden. You can put water in this hole to make your pond.Sometimes you must cut the grass in your garden. You can get your son to do this for you. Tell him that the lawnmower (割草机) is a fast car. He can run around the garden and cut the grass. It makes him feel like a driver.You can ask your wife to grow all your vegetables and fruits. Tell her that this is a good way to save money. Then she can spend more money on new clothes or shoes.Buy a rabbit for your daughter. Rabbits like to sleep on grass and eat carrots. Your daughter can take away all the old grass. Also, she can help your wife with the garden work so she can get carrots for her rabbit.Grandfather and grandmother can also help. Tell them that working in the garden will be good to their health. They can also get some fun too. Now,you can sit in a garden chair! You can watch your family working! You can drink tea and enjoy the sunshine!42. The writer’s dad wants ________.A. to work in his gardenB. to ask his children to work in the gardenC. a beautiful gardenD. a lawnmower for his garden43. Dad can make ________ dig a pond for him.A. the pet dogB. his wifeC. his parentsD. his son44. The writer’s mother may be busy ________ in the garden.A. saving moneyB. growing vegetablesC. doing some shoppingD. eating fruits45. Why do you think the writer say those words to his father?A. Because his father is too busy, so he needs help.B. Because his father wants a beautiful garden.C. Because his father doesn’t know how to work in the garden.D. Because he wants to make his father work hard in the garden.第Ⅱ卷(非选择题)词汇应用根据句子意思,用括号中所给汉语提示或英语单词的适当形式填空.(每空一词)46. His father often takes _______ (he) for a walk in the field.47. Tom with his friends often _______ (fly) kites on Sundays.48. What about _______ (lie) on the grass after lunch?49. Simon likes badminton. Lin Dan is one of his _______ (hero).50. Our school is _________ (real) beautiful. We like it.51. Simon has many _______ (爱好), such as playing basketball, drawing and singing.52. May I _______ (借)some money from you ?53. Tony usually _________(醒) up at 6:00 every morning. What about you?54. My father often goes fishing on ___________ (周二) afternoon .55. The boy_______(有) a big mouth is 8 years old.任务型阅读阅读下面短文,根据短文内容完成表格中所缺信息,每空一词.Few children grow up without knowing or having a toy bear. But how much do you know about bears’ life?How do bears get food?Some large bears have claws (爪子) about five inches long. They use the claws to get roots (根) and catch fish. In the snow, a polar bear (北极熊) sometimes puts its white claws over its nose and mouth. In this way, it isn’t easy for other small animals to find it. Then it can get those animals for dinner easily.What do bears eat?Most bears eat roots and leaves of plants. Some bears also eat meat when they can get it easily. Polar bears like eating meat from seals (海豹).What do you know about baby bears?Black bears like sleeping in winter. And baby bears are usually born then. The babies are only a few hundred grams (克) at birth. But they grow quickly. A week later, the babies can open their eyes. And when spring comes, they are big enough to go up to trees for fun!___62___ bears? They grow ___64___ and are big enough to go up to trees in____65____.短文填空根据短文内容及首字母提示,补全空格内单词,使短文完整、通顺.We all know the story of Mulan. It tells us about a girl n___66___ Hua Mulan. She d___67___ up like a man to take her father’s place in the army.(代父从军)Now Disney will make a Mulan film. A C___68___ girl Liu Yifei will play Mulan in the Disney film. Liu stands out(脱颖而出) from m___69___ than 1,000 actresses around the world. She s___70___ English well and has good kung fu skills.Liu Yifei is 30 y___71___ old now. She is p___72___ with young people in China. Her nickna me is “Fairy(仙女) Sister” b___73___she looks beautiful. She is excited to play the role.“I love Mulan’s courage and fearlessness(无畏). I g___74___ my thanks to Disney for believing in me. I’llt___75___my best! ”She wrote on Sina Weibo.书面表达根据中文意思,翻译下列句子.76. 谢谢你帮我学英语.77. 吃健康的食物对我们健康有好处.78. 图书馆从早上八点到下午五点半开门.79. 在你回家的路上请带个生日蛋糕给我.80. 父母在春节之前为我们准备好新衣服.写作81.某学校举行本年度“最佳班长”评选活动.请根据表格中的中文提示,以“The Best Monitor”为题写一篇短文介绍班长Daniel 的情况及推荐理由.注意:1. 词数100 左右,不得出现真实的姓名和人名.2. 包括所有内容要点,可适当发挥,使其连贯、通顺.3. 开头已给出,不计入总词数.The Best MonitorI’d like to choose Daniel to be this year’s BestMonitor._____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________答案与解析第I 卷选择题听力第一部分听对话,回答问题.本部分共有15道小题,每小题你将听到一段对话, 每段对话听两遍.在听每段对话前,你将有5秒钟的时间阅读题目;听完后,你还有5秒钟的时间选出你认为最合适的备选答案. 1. Who is Lily’s friend?2. What sport does Jim like best?3. What is Millie doing at 7:30 today?4. Which is Simon’s favourite festi val?5. What is James?A. A basketball player.B. A sports lover.C. David’s friend.6. How does John usually get to school?A. By bus.B. By bike.C. On foot.7. Where are they talking now?A. In a restaurant.B. In a library.C. In a bookshop.8. When does Tom do his homework?A. In the morning.B. In the afternoon.C. At night.9. How much do the hat and the dress cost?A. 33 yuan.B. 36 yuan.C. 37 yuan.10. What does the man think of the trainers?A. The trainers are nice but too small.B. The trainers are not comfortable but cheap.C. The trainers are not small.第二部分听对话或短文,回答问题.这一部分你将听到三段对话和两篇短文,各听两遍.听每段对话或短文前,你将有时间阅读相关小题,每小题5秒钟;听完后,每小题你还有5秒钟的时间选出你认为最合适的备选答案. 听第一段材料,回答第11-12题.11. Where is Amy going?A. A toy shop.B. A flower shop.C. A food shop.12. How many people are going shopping together finally (最终)?A. Two.B. Three.C. Four.听第一篇短文,回答13-15题.请根据短文内容,选择正确答案,完成信息记录表.13. A. This Friday B. This Saturday C. This Sunday14. A. at 10:30 a.m. B. at 11:00 a.m. C. at 11:30 a.m.15. A. Swimming B. Boating C. Running听第二篇短文,回答第16-20题.16. Mrs. Black is a 95-year-old woman from ______.A. AmericaB. JapanC. England17. Mrs. Black sleeps ______ hours a night.A. 7B. 8C. 918. Mrs. Black goes swimming at the nearby beach ______.A. every morningB. every afternoonC. every evening19. When the weather is fine, Mrs. Black also goes fishing with her ______.A. sonsB. daughtersC. grandchildren20. For the evening meal, Mrs. Black usually has ______, vegetables, rice and some soup.A. fishB. tomatoesC. chicken单项选择从下列每题所给的选项中,选择一个最佳答案.1.---Jackson seldom has _______ breakfast.---It is _______ unhealthy lifestyle. You must ask him to change it.A. /; anB. the; anC. the; a,D. /; a【答案】A【解析】【详解】句意:---杰克逊很少吃早饭.----这是一种不健康的生活方式.你必须让他改掉.考查冠词辨析.三餐球类运动前不使用任何冠词,所以“吃早饭”是have breakfast,可排除B和C;the是表示特指,意思是“这,那,这些,那些”.不定冠词a/an:一(个,只…),表示某种物品中的一个,泛指,a用于辅音音素开头的可数名词单数前,an用于元音因素开头的可数名词单数前;第二句中表示泛指,指一种不健康的生活方式,unhealthy [ʌnˈhelθi]元音因素开头,可知用an;故选A.2.—When do you usually celebrate Christmas, Mr. Wu?—_______ 7:30 _______ the evening of December 25th.A. On; inB. At; onC. At; inD. On; on【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意:Mr.Wu,你通常什么时候庆祝圣诞节?—在12月25日晚上的7:30.本题考查的是时间介词辨析,at后面跟具体的某一时刻;on后面接具体的某一天;in后面接不是具体的某一天,根据第一个空后面的7:30可知,第一个空应该是at,排除A和D,第二个空后面的the evening of December 25th可知是具体的某一时间,所以用on,排除C,故答案选B.【点睛】at, in, on与时间搭配:at加时间点、时刻以及节日前用at.如at noon, at night; at New Year.in表示较长的时间(年、月、世纪、上午、下午、晚上等).如in the 1990s, in the morning.on用于具体到某一天的日子或早晨、下午、晚上前有修饰词的时候.如on October 1st, on the morning of January 4th.例如题目中,根据第一个空后面的7:30可知,第一个空应该是at,排除A和D,第二个空后面的the evening of December 25th可知是具体的某一时间,所以用on,排除C,故答案选B.3. —— ______ TV do you watch every day?——About two hours.A. How muchB. How manyC. How longD. How often【答案】A【解析】试题分析:How much多少钱,用来提问不可数名词的量;How many多少个;How long 多长;How often 多久一次.根据下文,大约两个小时,及TV可知上文问的是看多少电视,本句中TV表示抽象含义,不可数,故选A.考点:疑问词辨析点评:该题型是属于英语考试中的基础题型,是必考内容.答题前首先要理解每个选项的基本含义及用法,并注意交叉含义间的区别,然后根据答语,以及该疑问词在句子中承担的句子成分选择正确答案.4.-Mike, is it time _______ after-school activities?-Yes, let’s _______ to the Reading Club.A. for, goB. to, goesC. for, goingD. to, go【答案】A【解析】【详解】句意:Mike,到课后活动时间了吗?—是的,让我们去阅读俱乐部吧.根据固定搭配it’s time for sth或it’s time to do sth“到做某事的时间了”,由第一个空后面的after-school activities可知,应该用介词for,排除B和D,第二个空前面let是使役动词,后面跟动词原形,排除C,故答案选A.5.—Here comes the taxi! Where is Miss Liu?—She can’t go to the museum with us. She _______ some visitors around our school.A. showsB. is showingC. are showingD. show【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意:出租车来了!刘小姐在哪里?——她不能和我们去博物馆了.她正带着一些游客参观我们的A. shows展示,给……看(动词的第三人称单数形式);B. is showing正在展示,正在给……看(主语是可数名词单数或不可数名词的现在进行时);C. are showing正在展示,正在给……看(主语是可数名词复数的现在进行时);D. show展示,给……看(动词原形),根据上面的句子Here comes the taxi!可知,强调的是现在的某一时刻正在进行的动作,所以用现在进行时,排除A和D,主语she是第三人称单数形式,排除C,故答案选B.【点睛】现在进行时:表示正在发生或进行的动作.构成为:主语+am/is/are+动词ing;标志词有now、Look、Listen以及语境等.例如题目中,根据上面的句子Here comes the taxi!可知,强调的是现在的某一时刻正在进行的动作,所以用现在进行时,排除A和D,主语she是第三人称单数形式,排除C,故答案选B.6.—________?—Father’s Day is coming. I’d like to buy a present for my father.A. How much would you likeB. What can I do for youC. What colour do you wantD. What size would you like?【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意:——你要买点什么?——父亲节快到了.我想给我父亲买件礼物.考查交际用语.根据答语可知:顾客还未开始购物,排除A、C、D选择;店员的招呼用语,才会引出顾客的购物目标.故答案为B.7.—Your skirt is really beautiful.—Thank you. Do you like _______, too?A. appleB. bananaC. lemonD. orange【答案】D【解析】【详解】句意:你的裙子真漂亮.—谢谢你,你也喜欢橙色吗?A. apple苹果;B. banana香蕉;C. lemon柠檬;D. orange橙子,橙色,根据上面的句子Your skirt is really beautiful 可知,应该说的是裙子的颜色,故答案选D.8.—Sorry, the price of the trouser is too _______.—OK. Would you like to have a look at a cheaper ________?A. expensive; oneB. expensive; pairC. high; oneD. high; pair.【答案】D【分析】【详解】句意:——对不起,那个裤子的价格太高了.——好的.你想要看看一条更便宜的吗?expensive昂贵的;high高的;one一个;pair双.描述价格的高低用形容词high和low.故第一空用high.第二空因为裤子用a pair of来修饰,故选D.9.—_______ do you go fishing?— Once a month.A. How oftenB. How longC. How farD. How soon【答案】A【解析】【详解】句意:你多久钓一次鱼?一个月一次.A. How often多久一次;B. How long多长时间;C. How far 多远;D. How soon多久,根据答句once a month 可知,问的是频率,用how often,故答案选A.10. -–Who would you like to buy the coat________?--- I’d like to give it to my b rother ________ a present.A. for, forB. to, asC. for, asD. for, to【答案】C【解析】试题分析: 句意:你想给谁买上衣?我想把它做为一件礼物送给我弟弟.for为,as作为,to到;根据语境可知是为谁买,做为礼物,故选C考点:考查介词.11.—The gloves are very beautiful. Can I _______? —Yes,of course. A. try it on B. try them on C. try on it D. try on them 【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意:手套很漂亮,—我能试一下吗?—嗯,当然可以.try on意为“试穿”,是动副短语,在“动词+副词”短语中,若宾语是人称代词宾格,则要放中间,即“动词+人称代词宾格+副词”,排除C和D,由前面的主语The gloves是复数,所以用them代指,排除A,故12.—Would you like to drink _______ juice ?—Yes, I’d love to. But there isn’t _______ juice in the glass.A. some; someB. any; someC. some; anyD. any; any【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意:你想要喝一些果汁吗?—是的,我想喝,但是杯子里没有果汁.some和any均意为“一些”可以修饰可数名词复数或不可数名词,some用于肯定句中,当疑问句表示征求意见或建议时,也用some;any用于否定句和疑问句中,由第一个空格前面的Would you like to drink可知,是表征求意见,所以用some,排除B和D,第二个空前面的there isn’t 可知,是否定句,用any,排除A,故答案选C.13.—What do you think of my red and white coat? It _______ cotton.—It looks lovely on you.A. is made inB. is made ofC. is made fromD. is made for【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意:你觉得我的红白相间的外套怎么样?它是棉制的.—你穿上很好看.A. is made in在……制造;B. is made of由……制成(能看到原材料);C. is made from由……制成(看不到原材料);D. is made for为……制作,由句意可知,它是棉制的,排除A和D,my red and white coat能看到原材料,排除C,故答案选B.14. —May I have a cat at home, Dad?—Yes, you can. But you must know how to it.A. look afterB. look atC. look forD. look like【答案】A【解析】试题分析:句意:-爸爸,我可以在家养一只猫吗?-是的,你可以.但是你必须知道怎样照顾它.look after 照顾;look at 看……;look for 寻找;look like看起来像.根据对话的意思可知选A.考点:考查动词短语辨析.15.—Happy New Year to you, Simon.—_______.A. Really? Thank you.B. Oh, I don’t think so.C. No. I am not cool at all.D. The same to you.【答案】D【解析】【详解】句意:新年快乐!Simon.—同样祝福你.A. Really? Thank you.真的吗?谢谢你;B. Oh, I don’t think so.哦.我不这样认为;C. No. I am not cool at all.不,我一点也不酷;D. The same to you.同样祝福你,根据语境可知,The same to you最符合语境,故答案选D. 完形填空Once there is a rich man named Chulong.One day, he is walking in his garden when he sees a strange ___16___ with beautiful colours and sweet voice in a tree. Chulong ___17___ goes near the tree and catches the bird. He thinks he can ___18___ it and gets lots of money.“Don’t think about making money through me!” says the bird, “___19___ will buy me, because I will lose my beauty and sweet voice if I am not free.” Chulong loses his hope of making money. He becomes angry and wants to ___20___ the bird for the meat.Then the ___21___bird says, “Well, if you let me go, I will teach you ___22___ easy but useful rules, which can do good to you.”Chulong doesn’t believe the bird ___23___, and he is afraid that the bird will fly away. However, the bird promises(承诺) it will keep its word(守信). Chulong wants to have a try. He sets the bird free and it sits in a tree. It becomes ___24___ again.Chulong asks, “Now teach me the rules.” “Sure,” says the bird.Then the bird teaches Chulong the ___25___: The first rule is Never believe everything others say. The second rule is Never be sad about something you don’t ___26___. The third rule is Never throw away what you have in your hand.“You silly bird!” ___27___Chulong, “Everyone knows these rules.”But the bird says, “T oday, you have me in your hand, but you throw me away. You believe all that I say. And you are ___28___ about not having me. The rules are easy, ___29___ you never follow them. Now do you understand? Just sit down and think for a while.” With these words, the bird___30___.16. A. cat B. bird C. panda D. monkey17. A. happily B. sadly C. slowly D. friendly18. A. eat B. study C. draw D. sell19. A. Nobody B. Somebody C. Anybody D. Everybody 20. A. find B. borrow C. smell D. kill 21. A. busy B. helpful C. clever D. lucky 22. A. three B. four C. five D. six 23. A. at present B. later on C. at first D. at last 24. A. healthy B. beautiful C. lazy D. busy 25. A. songs B. words C. rules D. lesson 26. A. have B. want C. know D. need 27. A. smiles B. shouts C. laughs D. thinks 28. A. happy B. excited C. angry D. sad 29. A. and B. soC. butD. because 30. A. stands upB. jumps downC. flies awayD. gets up【答案】16. B 17. C 18. D 19. A 20. D 21. C 22. A 23. C 24. B 25. C 26. A 27. B 28. D 29. C 30. C 【解析】 【分析】文章大意:本文主要讲述的是一个富人抓了一只鸟,想要卖钱但是最后被鸟儿戏弄的故事. 【16题详解】句意:有一天,他在花园里散步,看见一只奇怪的鸟,颜色很美,声音很悦耳.本题考查名词辨析,A. cat 意为“猫”;B. bird 意为“鸟”;C. panda 意为“熊猫”;D. monkey 意为“猴子”,根据后面and catches the bird.“并且抓住了这只鸟”,可知这里填入鸟,故答案选B . 【17题详解】句意:楚龙缓慢地走近大树并且抓住了这只鸟.本题考查副词辨析,A. happily 意为“高兴地”;B. sadly 意为“悲伤地”;C. slowly 意为“缓慢地”;D. friendly 意为“友好的”,根据所在位置需要填入副词来修饰goes ,又由于后面说抓住了这只鸟,可知缓慢地,故答案选C . 【18题详解】句意:他认为他能卖了它,并且能获得许多钱.本题考查动词辨析,A. eat 意为“吃”;B. study 意为“学习”;C. draw 意为“画画”;D. sell 意为“卖”,根据后面获得许多钱可知是卖了它,故答案选D . 【19题详解】句意:没有人会买我,因为如果我不自由,我会失去我的美丽和甜美的声音.本题考查不定代词辨析,A. Nobody意为“没有人”;B. Somebody意为“某人”C. Anybody意为“任何人”;D. Everybody意为“所有人”,根据后面because I will lose my beauty and sweet voice if I am not free.“因为如果我不自由,我会失去我美丽和甜美的声音.”可知没有人会买我,故答案选A.【20题详解】句意:他生气了,想杀了那只鸟当肉吃.本题考查动词辨析,A. find意为“发现”;B. borrow意为“借”;C. smell意为“闻起来”;D. kill意为“杀死”,根据后面for the meat“当肉吃”可知这里是杀,故答案选D.【21题详解】句意:然后聪明的小鸟说:“好吧,如果你放我走,我会教你三条简单但有用的规则,这对你有好处.本题考查形容词辨析,A. busy意为“忙碌的”;B. helpful意为“有帮助的”;C. clever意为“聪明的”;D. lucky意为“幸运的”,根据后文小鸟飞了,可知这只小鸟是非常聪明的,故答案选C.【22题详解】句意:然后聪明的小鸟说:“好吧,如果你放我走,我会教你三条简单但有用的规则,这对你有好处.本题考查数词辨析,A. three意为“三”;B. four意为“四”;C. five意为“五”D. six意为“六”,根据后文小鸟提出三点规则,故这里填入三,故答案选A.【23题详解】句意:楚龙开始不相信鸟,他害怕鸟会飞走.本题考查短语辨析,A. at present意为“现在”;B. later on意为“之后”;C. at first意为“开始”;D. at last 意为“最后”,根据后句However, the bird promises(承诺) it will keep its word(守信).“然而,这只鸟承诺它将信守承诺”可知楚龙开始不相信鸟,故答案选C.【24题详解】句意:它又变漂亮了.本题考查形容词辨析,A. healthy意为“健康的”; B. beautiful意为“漂亮的”;C. lazy意为“懒惰的”;D. busy意为“忙碌的”,根据这只鸟被楚龙放了,可知它又变漂亮了,故答案选B.【25题详解】句意:然后这只鸟告诉楚龙这些规则.本题考查名词辨析,A. songs意为“歌曲”;B. words意为“单词”;C. rules意为“规则”;D. lesson意为“课程、教训”,根据后面The first rule…“第一条规则是…”故这里填规则,故答案选C.26题详解】句意:第二条规则是永远不要为你没有的东西难过.。
初一英语期末复习练习卷1 (7A unit5)姓名:__________ 班级:____________ 家长签名:____________一、单词辨音(本大题共10小题,每小题1分,共10分)( ) 1. A. write B. right C. winter D. lion( ) 2. A. call B. always C. walk D. talk( ) 3. A. rest B. west C. red D. toilet( ) 4. A. reason B. ready C. eat D. treat( ) 5. A. student B. usually C. summer D. duty( ) 6. A. monkey B. thank C. sound D. uncle( ) 7. A. nose B. October C. holiday D. chocolate( ) 8. A. tooth B. food C. foot D. school( ) 9. A. world B. turn C. work D. Saturday( )10. A. dresses B. houses C. closes D. exercises二、单项选择(本大题共10小题,每小题1分,共10分)( ) 11. Jimmy reads _________ books, but I watch TV_________.A.too much, much tooB. too many, too muchC. much too, too manyD. many too, too much ( ) 12. ---________, what can you _______? ---Oh, don’t talk with me. I’m ______a football match.A. Look, see, seeingB. Look, see, watchingC. Watch, see, lookD. See, look, watching ( ) 13. You can find more information_______ Shanghai Radio _______ this Wednesday.A. at, onB. on, on C . on, / D. at, in( ) 14. ---______ does he go to Guangzhou on business(做生意)?---Three or four times a year.A. How longB. How oftenC. WhenD. What time( ) 15. I’m interested in the ________book. Can I ______________ it?A. interesting, lendB. interested, borrowC. interesting, borrowD. interesting, lend ( ) 16. I give her a book and she gives ______ a treat.A. me some chocolates, likeB. some chocolates to me, asC. some chocolates to me, withD. me some chocolates, of( ) 17. -Happy Halloween ! -_______!A.Thank youB. That’s all right.C. The same to youD. Best wishes( ) 18. Let's go to the park ______ have a picnic ______ you are free tomorrow.A. for, ifB. to, soC. to, ifD. for, as( ) 19. Would you please help me _______ who takes my new sports shoes away?A. find outB. look forC. look atD. find( ) 20. 一Don’t go running when you are too______.一Thanks.I know exercising after a big meal is not good.A.happy B.tired C.hungry D.full三、单词拼写(本大题共8小题,每小题1分,共8分)1. We have the same hobby and we often play ___________(共同) after school.2. Don't be afraid. There aren't any __________(鬼) in the world.3. What about_____________(给……涂色)the wall green? Green is my mother's favourite colour.4.Are there any bookshops ____________(在...周围) your school?5. Chinese people like eating___________(汤圆) .They are delicious.6.Old people take ____________(收音机) to the park and dance with music.7. National Day is one of my favourite __________(节日). We can enjoy a nice trip.8. The little boy is so young that he can’t _______(穿衣)himself.四、动词填空(本大题共8小题,每小题1分,共8分)1. He seems _____(be) on holiday in Nanjing.2. A long time ago, people didn’t know that the Earth_____________(go) around the world.3. Is it time______(get) ready for the coming Chirstmas?4. I really don’t know where_______(find) pandas in the city.5. Do you think it is necessary(必要的)for students______(knock) on the door before entering the teachers’ office?6. Here is the reading room. Ask him______(make) any noise, please.7. He often goes______(walk) his pet with his parents after dinner.8. _____(shout) loudly and chatting with each other in the library are not polite.五、句型转换(本大题共5小题,每空0.5分,共10分)1. It is two miles away from the supermarket to my home.(提问)from the supermarket to your home?2. It takes me an hour to read English every day.(提问) it you to read English every day?3. The girl over there under the tree is my cousin.(提问) your cousin?4. I'm late because I walked here today.(对画线部分提问) late today?5. We fly kites in the afternoon on September 10.(同) We fly kites September 10.6. He doesn't have much time to watch TV.(改为同义句) He time to watch TV.六、完成句子(本大题共5小题,共10分)1.不要捉弄你的同班同学。
2020-2021学年第一学期期末测试牛津译林版七年级英语试题I卷一、听力二、选择题1.There is _______ “o”,_______”u” and _______ ”r” in the word “our”.A. a,a,anB. an,an,anC. an,an,aD. an,a,an2.The hair clip_______ $35,but she has only $20 to _______.A. spends,spendB. takes,spendC. costs,spendD. costs,pay3.There some milk and eggs on the table.A. is notB. are notC. isD. are4.My family always _______ a party _______ the evening of 31st October.A. have;inB. has;inC. has;onD. have;on5._______ the students will go to Nanshan Park for the picnic.A. Two hundredsB. Two hundreds ofC. Two hundred ofD. Two hundred6.Look!The young girl is dressing up _______ an old woman _______ a black coat.A. as.inB. as,ofC. in,asD. in,of7.I would like tea _______ nothing in it.A. hasB. haveC. withoutD. with8._______a bright boy he is!=_______ bright the boy is!A. How,WhatB. What,HowC. How,WhichD. Who,How9.Eating too many candies ___________ not good for your health.A.isB. areC. haveD. has 10.The bookshop is in _______ Street. He often goes there to buy books. A. fifth B. the fifith C. Fifth D. the Fifth 11.The activity is _______. And we send _______ to the children in poor areas. A. enough meaningful, enough food B. enough meaningful, food enough C. meaningful enough, enough food D. meaningful enough, food enough12.---_______ is it from your school to the library?---It’s about ten minutes’ walk.A. How longB. How muchC. How soonD. How far13.---Is there _______ in today’s newspaper?---No.A. something interestingB. interesting somethingC. anything interestingD. interesting anything14.I like wearing the clothes _______ silk. They feel smooth.A. are made ofB. are made fromC. made ofD. made from15. --Happy New Year! --__________.A. Thank you.B. The same to you.C. That’s all right.D. Not at all.三、完形填空In China,Spring Festival is the most important of all the holidays in the year.Two important things ___16___ to make this holiday different from all others:giving presents and spending it ___17___the family.Many weeks ___18___ Spring Festival,we know it is coming.In the ___19___goods for this special holiday appear and outside them the special New Year decorations.The advertisements___20___ all the newspapers tell us that there are "Only five ___21___ shopping days to Spring Festival". ___22___you go,you will realize that Spring Festival,which comes "only ___23___ a year",is coming again.Giving ___24___to one's family is a very sweet custom(风俗).The spirit behind the present matters most,not the present ___25___.It is good at Spring Festival to___26___to the family home and meet parents,grandparents and as many aunts,uncles and cousins as possible.In the past, ___27___ New Year's Eve,all the members of a family ___28___ stay at home making dumplings together.___29___ many people enjoy watching TV.During the day,children wear their new clothes.The evening is usually spent in games,talking,more eating and ___30___ .16. A. help B. want C. get D. hope17. A. in B. on C. at D. with18. A. after B. before C. during D. at19. A. towns B. schools C. shops D. restaurants20. A. on B. in C. from D. above21. A. other B. fewer C. another D. more22. A. Where B. Wherever C. Whatever D. How23. A. a time B. twice C. one D. once24. A. money B. presents C. wishes D. cards25. A. itself B. themselves C. by itself D. either26. A. go B. come C. return D. turn27. A. in B. at C. on D. by28. A. would B. might C. could D. have to29. A. Now B. But C. And D. So30. A. sleeping B. playing C. running D. drinking四、阅读理解A31. Where do you probably read these two letters?A. In a magazine.B. In a book.C. In a guide-book.D. On a website.32. Li Hong thinks many students like to bring the high-tech things to school because _______.A. they like to listen to musicB. mobile phones are useful for their studiesC. they want to show off these thingsD. they want to contact with their classmates33. From the passage we know that _______.A. Li Hong has many high-tech things like her classmatesB. American students often use their own money to buy the high-tech thingsC. Chinese students work during the holidays to buy the high-tech thingsD. all the high-tech things are useful for the studentsBHenry finds a job on a farm. He is the strongest and youngest. He eats more, sleeps more, but works less. He doesn’t like to use his head, so he knows little. He has to do some unskilled work. He always says he’s tired and hopes to hav e a good rest. So he gets less money than others.Winter is coming. The workers are getting ready for the next year. Only Henry does nothing. The farmer tells him to cut down some trees in the forest. The young man has to go there with a chair. He feels lonely in the forest and is afraid of the animals. So he looks around and sings loudly. Nobody knows what he’s singing.After three days, Henry doesn’t cut down any trees. The farmer feels strange. He wants to find out how the young man is working there. To his anger, Henry is sitting on the chair, cutting the tree. "Why are you sitting here to cut the trees?" asks the farmer. "Because I can’t work if lying, sir."34. Henry gets less money because______.A. he sleeps moreB. he does some unskilled workC. h e isn’t polite to the farmerD. he eats more35. Henry has to cut down the trees because______.A. he can do nothing except (除……以外)itB. he likes to stay in the quiet forestC. he can’t get on well with othersD. he is very strong36. Henry hopes to ______ .A. make the farmer happyB. get helpC. lie down in the forestD. cut down more treesCAlmost everyone likes to eat apples. Apples trees grow in nearly every part of the world. The United States produces more apples than any other country except France. The states of Washington and New York grow the most apples. Apples are red, yellow or green. They are very popular in the United States. Many people like to carry apples to work or to school to eat with their lunches. Most American people are often too busy or too tired to cook lunch, so they often have their lunches very simply (简单地). Apple juice is also a popular drink and apple pie is the favorite dessert for many Americans.The state of Washington is proud of its apples. The trees there produce about five billion apples every year-nearly one apple for every man, woman and child in the whole world.37. ________ produces the most apples in the world.A. The United StatesB. CanadaC. ChinaD. France38. Many Americans like to eat apples during lunch because they__________ at noon.A. eat nothing but applesB. feel it better to eat applesC. always eat simple foodD. can get apples easily39. "The trees there produce about five billion apples every year." One billion is_____.A. 100,000B. 1,000,000C. 10,000,000D. 1,000,000,00040. The state of Washington is proud of its apples because they think ________.A. everyone in the world can share (分享) their happinessB. they can produce as many apples as people all over the worldC. their apples are better than any of the other fruitsD. their apple trees are the best in the worldDAustralia is the greatest island in the world. It is to the south of the equator. So when it is summer in our country, it is cold winter in Australia. Australia is big,but the population there is thin. The population is the same as that of Shanghai, a city of China. Australia is a young, diverse nation and the Australian people come from many different countries.Australia has many, many sheep. After a short drive from town, you will see sheep around you. You can also find a kangaroo which has a “bag” below its chest. The mother kangaroo keeps its babies in the “bag”.Australia is considered to be a relaxed, informal society. When greeting others, students and young people usually say “Hello” or “Hi”. Sometimes they say “How’s it going?” or “G day”. In more formal (正式的) situations they usually shake hands the first time they meet. “Good morning”, “Good afternoon” or “Pleased to meet you” are formal greetings. English is Australia’s national language.41. Australia is the greatest island in the world. The word “island” means _______.A. 国家B. 城市C. 山脉D. 岛屿42. Australia has the same population as _______.A. ShanghaiB. ChinaC. BeijingD. Japan43. When it is summer in Australia, it is _______ in China.A. springB. autumnC. winterD. summer44. When Australian people meet for the first time, they will _______.A. kiss each otherB. hug (拥抱) each otherC. nod to each otherD. shake hands45. Which statement is RIGHT according to the passage?A. Australia has a large population.B. A kangaroo is a kind of sheep in Australia.C. Young people sometimes say “How’s it going?” or “G day” to greet others.D. When you drive in Australia, you can see many horses.EThe following are four kinds of medicine at home. We should know how to use them. Never make any mistakes. (1) Take the medicine with water. One pill (片) every eight hours. For further nighttime and every morning, take two pills at bed time. Don't take more than six pills in 24 hours. For children six or twelve years old, give half the adult dosage (剂量). For children under six years old, go to ask your doctor. Take less dosage if restlessness or sleeplessness happens.(2) Each pill of the medicine is taken three times each day for persons more than 14 years old. As usual, a pill 6:00 a. m. before breakfast, one before 11:00 and one before sleep. Not for children under six years old and old persons with heart trouble.(3) The medicine is for a person with a cough. Once two pills a day before sleep for adult. Not take the medicine without cough. Half for children under 12 years old. Children with a bad cough, go to see a doctor.(4) The medicine is taken three times a day. Once five pills for an adult with a cold. Half the pills for children under 10 years old. Take the medicine before three meals or before sleep.46. If a person can't rest and sleep very well after taking the first kind of medicine, he should ________.A. take less dosageB. take more dosageC. take two pills at bed timeD.take it again without water 47. If a middle-aged person with a cough wants to be well at home, he'd better ________. A. take three pills before sleep B. stop to take some more pills C. go to see the doctor D. take two pills of the third kind of medicine before sleep 48. ________ can't take the second kind of medicine. A. Children over 12 years old B. Some adults 18 years old C. Some old persons with heart trouble D. Child over 7 years old 49. When an adult has a cold, he had better ________. A. have about over 14 pills of the fourth kind of medicine a dayB. have six pills of the fourth kind of medicine twice a dayC. have five pills of the fourth kind of medicine four times a dayD. have nine pills a day50. Which of the following is true?A. None of them are good for children under 6.B. Three kinds of the medicine should be taken 3 times a day.C. Three kinds of the medicine should be taken before sleep.D. None is for a cold.Ⅱ卷五、词汇A.请根据括号中的中文提示、英文释义或句意,写出所缺单词,使句子通顺.51. The sofa is very hard.It's _________(不舒适的)to sit on it.52. The car is too_________ (not cheap) for me to afford.So l give up.53. Ladies and _________,welcome to our school to attend the ceremony!54. His blue tie _________ (go with) his white shirt well.He looks smart.55. The novel is _________ among the young people.They like it very much.B.请根据句意从方框中选择合适的单词,并用其适当形式填空,使句子通顺. Different nine invite include important56. He will celebrate his son's _________ birthday tomorrow.57. He has many wonderful books, _________ three books by Luxun.58. Could you tell me any _________ between the two words?59. Most _________,you should try your best to work it out by yourself.60. He will have a party this evening.He will send some _________ letters to his friends. 请根据句意从方框中选择合适的动词,并用其适当时态填空,使句子通顺.stay chat (not)be wait have61. ---Where is your father?--He with his friends _________ in his study.62. Look!Kitty _________ a toy bear and she is playing with it.63. Tom, _________ late for school again.You should get up earlier.64. Some students _________ for the bus at the bus stop at the moment.65. He seldom _________ at home on Sunday.He often goes shopping with friends.句型转换66.Our playground is about 1000 square metres in size.(保持句意不变)Our playground has _________ _________of about 1000 square metres. 67. Tokyo is the capital of Japan.(对划线部分提问)_________ _________ the capital of Japan? 68. My mother does the housework every day because she is too busy.(改为否定句)My mother _________ _________ the housework everyday because she is too busy. 69. Daniel plays football three times a week.(对划线部分提问)_________ _________ times does Daniel play football a week? 70. How much is this pair of shoes?(保持句意不变)_________ the _________ of this pair of shoes? 首字母填空Food is very important. Everyone needs to e___71___well if he or she wants to have a strong body.Our brains(大脑)also need a kind of food.This kind of food is k___72___.We begin to get knowledge(知识)When we are very young. Small children are i___73___in everything around them. They learn something while they are watching andl___74___.When they are getting older, they begin to read storybooks, science books and a___75___ they like. When they find something new, they like to ask questions and t___76___to find out the answer.What is the best w___77___to get knowledge? If we learn by o___78___,we'll get the most knowledge. If we'rea___79___getting answers from others and do not ask why,we will never learn well.When we study in a right way,we will learn more and understand b___80___任务型阅读In the world today,all of the people need recreation(消遣).We cannot work all the time if we are going to keep healthy and enjoy life.Everyone has his own way of relaxing.Perhaps the most popular form is to take part in sports. There are team sports,such as basketball and soccer.There are also individual sports,such as swimming and running.Skating and mountain climbing are the most popular recreation for people who like to be outdoors.Not everyone who enjoys sports likes to take part in them.Many people like watching them on TV or listening to them on the radio.So many people like some forms of indoor recreation,such as watching TV,singing and dancing.It doesn't matter whether we like indoor recreation or take part in outdoor sports.It is important for everyone to relax from time to time,and enjoy some forms of recreation.81. Which is the most popular form of recreation?____________________________________________________________________.82. Why do people need recreation?____________________________________________________________________.83. Which sports need more than one person,team sports or individual sports?____________________________________________________________________.84. Why do many people like watching sports on TV or listening to them on the radio?____________________________________________________________________.85. What does the passage mainly talk about?____________________________________________________________________.86.书面表达你的朋友Sandy下学期将来你们班交流学习,请向你的同学介绍Sandy.注意:1.词数80左右.短文的开头已为你写好,不计入总词数;2.短文须包括所有要点,不要逐词翻译,可适当发挥,使短文连贯、通顺.________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________答案与解析I卷一、听力二、选择题1.There is _______ “o”,_______”u” and _______ ”r” in the word “our”.A. a,a,anB. an,an,anC. an,an,aD. an,a,an【答案】D【解析】【详解】句意:在单词“our”中有一个字母“o”,一个字母“u”和一个字母“r”.字母o [əu]和r [ɑ:] 的音标是元音音素,前面用不定冠词an,u [ju:] 第一个音素为辅音音素,前面用不定冠词a,故答案为D. 【点睛】发音是以辅音音素开头的单词或字母前用不定冠词a;发音是以元音音素开头的单词或字母前用不定冠词an.26个英文字母及发音音标如下:A a [ei] B b [bi:] C c [si:] D d [di:] E e [i:] F f [ef] G g [dʒi:] H h [eit∫] I i [ai] J j [dʒei] K k [kei] L l [el] M m [em] N n [en] O o [əu] P p [pi:] Q q [kju:] R r [ɑ:] S s [es] T t [ti:] U u [ju:] V v [vi:] W w [′d∧blju:] X x [eks] Y y [wai] Z z [zi:][zed].根据发音就可以判断出不定冠词a/an的正确使用.2.The hair clip_______ $35,but she has only $20 to _______.A. spends,spendB. takes,spendC. costs,spendD. costs,pay【答案】D【解析】【详解】句意:这个发夹值35美元,但她只能支付20美元.cost /pay/ take /spend四个词都有“花费”之意,spend与pay的主语是人,take常以it作形式主语,cost的主语为物或事情.第一个句子The hair clip为物,而非形式主语,谓语动词用cost,排除A,B;spend花费,pay付款,支付.此处指她只能支付20美元.故答案为D.【点睛】cost /pay/ take /spend的区别:四个单词均可表示“花费”,但所用主语不同:cost 的主语通常是事或物(包括形式主语it),不能是人;pay 的主语只能是人,常与for连用;spend 的主语也只能是人,构成spend on sth.或spend in doing sth.;take的主语常常是形式主语it.如:The computer cost (me) $2000. 这台电脑花了(我) 2000 美元.I have spent all day looking for you. 我花了一整天找你.It took him an hour to write the letter. 他写这封信花了一个小时.She paid 10 yuan for this book. 她买这本书花了10元钱.3.There some milk and eggs on the table.A. is notB. are notC. isD. are【答案】C【解析】试题分析:句意:在桌子上有一些牛奶和鸡蛋.There be 句型的谓语动词形式根据就近原则,离be动词近的主语决定,be动词的单复数形式.此处离be动词近的主语是some milk 不可数名词,故用单数形式,又因为有some修饰,可知这是肯定句.故选C.考点:考查主谓一致的用法.4.My family always _______ a party _______ the evening of 31st October.A. have;inB. has;inC. has;onD. have;on【答案】D【解析】【详解】句意:我的家人总是在10月31日晚上举行聚会.主语My family指家庭成员,视作复数,谓语动词要用原形,排除B,C;在具体的某一天的晚上要用介词on,故答案为D.5._______ the students will go to Nanshan Park for the picnic.A. Two hundredsB. Two hundreds ofC. Two hundred ofD. Two hundred【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意:这些学生中的200人将去南山公园野餐.hundred前面有具体的数字时,要用单数形式,一般不与of连用,但是如果名词的前面有the, these或those修饰时,则要与of连用,two hundred of the students 指的是“这些学生中的二百人”,答案为C.6.Look!The young girl is dressing up _______ an old woman _______ a black coat.A. as.inB. as,ofC. in,asD. in,of【答案】A【解析】【详解】句意:看!这个年轻女孩穿黑外套,打扮成一个老妇人的样子.dress up as装扮成……,in后面可以跟颜色或衣服,表示“某人穿着某种颜色的衣服”,故A选项符合题意.7.I would like tea _______ nothing in it.A. has B. have C. without D. with 【答案】D 【解析】试题分析:句意:我愿意和什么也不加的茶.此题用介词with表伴随.故选D. 8._______a bright boy he is!=_______ bright the boy is!A. How,What B. What,How C. How,Which D. Who,How 【答案】B 【解析】【详解】句意:他真是个聪明的男孩!=这个男孩多聪明啊!感叹句的基本结构:How+形容词/副词+主语+谓语+其他! What+(a/an)+(形容词)+名词+主语+谓语+其他!前面的句子中心词是boy,为可数名词单数,符合“What+(形容词)+不可数名词单数+主语+谓语+其他!”,后一个句子bright是形容词,符合“How+形容词/副词+主语+谓语+其他!”故答案为B.【点睛】判断感叹句是由what还是how引导的方法:首先,断句.从句子后面向前看,找到“主语+谓语+其他”部分,把句子断开;其次,观察.观察句子前面剩余部分为名词(词组),还是形容词或副词;再次,加词.若是名词(词组),那么本句是由what(a/an)引导;若是形容词或副词,那么本句就由how 引导.9.Eating too many candies ___________ not good for your health.A. isB. areC. haveD. has【答案】A【解析】【详解】句意:吃太多糖果对你的健康没有好处.A、B项分别为be动词的单数和复数形式;C、D项为实义动词“有”的原形和单三形式.本题动名词短语Eating too many candies在句中作主语,故谓语动词应用单数形式.be good for为固定短语,意思是“对…有益处”.句中be not good for..意为“对…没有好处”;根据语法及固定短语可知答案应选A.10.The bookshop is in _______ Street. He often goes there to buy books.A. fifthB. the fifithC. FifthD. the Fifth【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意:书店在第五大街.他经常去那里买书.Fifth Street第五大街,由“序数词+普通名词”构成用来表示街道的名称或道路的名称时,前面不用定冠词,答案为C.11.The activity is _______. And we send _______ to the children in poor areas.A. enough meaningful, enough foodB. enough meaningful, food enoughC. meaningful enough, enough foodD. meaningful enough, food enough【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意:这项活动很有意义.我们给贫困地区的孩子们送足够的食物.enough修饰修饰形容词或副词时,放在所修饰的形容词或副词后面,只能说meaningful enough,排除A,B;enough修饰名词时,要放在所修饰的名词之前,故答案为C.12.---_______ is it from your school to the library?---It’s about ten minutes’ walk.A. How longB. How muchC. How soonD. How far【答案】D【解析】【详解】句意:--从你们学校到图书馆有多远?---步行大约十分钟的路程.A. How long多长时间,多长,对一段时间或长度提问;B. How much多少,对不可数名词的量提问,或询问价格;C. How soon多久以后,对“in+一段时间”提问;D. How far多远,对距离提问.It’s about ten minutes’ walk.表示的是从学校到图书馆的距离,对路程,距离提问用how far.故答案选D.13.---Is there _______ in today’s newspaper?---No.A. something interestingB. interesting somethingC. anything interestingD. interesting anything【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意:——今天的报纸上有什么有趣的东西吗?——没有.形容词修饰不定代词的时候,要放在所修饰的不定代词之后,排除B,D;something一般用于肯定句,anything 一般用于否定句和一般疑问句中,此句是一般疑问句,故答案选C.14.I like wearing the clothes _______ silk. They feel smooth.A. are made ofB. are made fromC. made ofD. made from【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意:我喜欢穿丝绸衣服.它们感觉很光滑.be made of“由…构成”,能看出原材料,像桌子由木头制成,刀子由铁或金属制成,很明显看出原材料;be made from“由…构成、制成成品”,被制成的东西看不出原材料,像纸是由木头制成的,这就看不出原材料.本题中的衣服是由丝绸做成的,可以看出原材料,使用be made of.本题缺少的是后置定语,而不是表语,不能再使用be,故答案选C.15. --Happy New Year! --__________.A. Thank you.B. The same to you.C. That’s all right.D. Not at all.【答案】B【解析】试题分析:固定答语,当对方向你表示新年快乐时,你应该说the same to you,当别人向你表示生日快乐时,你应该说thank you,这些都是固定搭配.考点:英语的习惯性表达.点评:英语的习语在考试中也非常重要,要求学生在平常的学习过程中要留意.三、完形填空In China,Spring Festival is the most important of all the holidays in the year.Two important things ___16___ to make this holiday different from all others:giving presents and spending it ___17___the family.Many weeks ___18___ Spring Festival,we know it is coming.In the ___19___goods for this special holiday appear and outside them the special New Year decorations.The advertisements___20___ all the newspapers tell us that there are "Only five ___21___ shopping days to Spring Festival". ___22___you go,you will realize that Spring Festival,which comes "only ___23___ a year",is coming again.Giving ___24___to one's family is a very sweet custom(风俗).The spirit behind the present matters most,not the present ___25___.It is good at Spring Festival to___26___to the family home and meet parents,grandparents and as many aunts,uncles and cousins as possible.In the past, ___27___ New Year's Eve,all the members of a family ___28___ stay at home making dumplings together.___29___ many people enjoy watching TV.During the day,children wear their new clothes.The evening is usually spent in games,talking,more eating and ___30___ .16. A. help B. want C. get D. hope17. A. in B. on C. at D. with18. A. after B. before C. during D. at19. A. towns B. schools C. shops D. restaurants20. A. on B. in C. from D. above21. A. other B. fewer C. another D. more22. A. Where B. Wherever C. Whatever D. How23. A. a time B. twice C. one D. once24. A. money B. presents C. wishes D. cards25. A. itself B. themselves C. by itself D. either26. A. go B. come C. return D. turn27. A. in B. at C. on D. by28. A. would B. might C. could D. have to29. A. Now B. But C. And D. So30. A. sleeping B. playing C. running D. drinking【答案】16. A 17. D 18. B 19. C 20. B 21. D 22. B 23. D 24. B 25. A 26.C 27. C 28. A 29. A 30. D【解析】短文介绍了中国的春节,它是一年中所有节日中最重要的一个.送礼物给家人是一种很甜蜜的习俗,礼物背后的精神最重要,而不是礼物本身.春节也是家人团聚的日子,每到春节人们从四面八方赶回家与家人团聚.除夕的时候,一家人都会呆在家里一起包饺子,看电视,吃年夜饭.孩子们也穿上新衣服.【16题详解】句意:有两件重要的事情使这个节日与众不同.A. help帮助;B. want想要;C. get得到;D. hope希望.根据后面的句子giving presents and spending it(2)the famil赠送礼物和与家人一起度过,这两件重要的事情有助于使这个节日与众不同.help to do sth.帮助做某事,答案为A.【17题详解】句意:送礼物和与家人一起度过.A. in在……里;B. on在……上;C. at ;D. with与……一起.with sb.与某人一起.春节是与家人团聚的日子,会与家人一起度过,答案为D.【18题详解】句意:春节前的几个星期,我们就知道它要来了.A. after在……之后;B. before在……之前;C. during在……期间;D. at在.根据后面we know it is coming我们知道要来了,前面应该是春节前的几周,故答案是B. 【19题详解】句意:商店里出现这个特殊节日的商品,外面也出现了特殊的新年装饰品.A. towns城镇;B. schools学校;C. shops商店;D. restaurants饭店.节日的礼品应该是出现在商店里,答案为C.【20题详解】句意:所有报纸上的广告都告诉我们,“到春节只有五天的购物时间”.A. on在……上;B. in在……里面;C. from从,来自;D. above在……上面.在报纸上用介词in,指报纸里面的内容,答案为B.【21题详解】句意:所有报纸上的广告都告诉我们,“到春节只有五天的购物时间”.A. other其它的;B. fewer更少的;C. another另一个;D. more更多的.基数词+more表示“额外的,另外还有”,答案为D.【22题详解】句意:无论你走到哪里,你都会发现“一年只有一次”的春节又来了.A. Where哪儿;B. Wherever无论哪儿;C. Whatever无论什么;D. How怎么样.根据后面you go应该是无论你去哪儿,你都可以意识到春节,故答案是B.【23题详解】句意:无论你走到哪里,你都会发现“一年只有一次”的春节又来了.A. a time一段时光;B. twice两次;C. one一个;D. once一次.春节一年只有一次;故答案为D.【24题详解】句意:送礼物给家人是一种很甜蜜的习俗.A. money钱;B. presents礼物;C. wishes希望;D. cards卡片.根据后面The spirit behind the present matters most礼物带来的情谊是最重要的可知前面送礼物,故答案是B. 【25题详解】句意:礼物背后的精神最重要,而不是礼物本身.A. itself它自己;B. themselves他们自己;C. by itself它自己;D. either(两者之中)任何一个,也.此处指礼物本身,根据前面的the present是单数形式,故用itself,答案选A.【26题详解】句意:在春节时,最好回到家里,尽可能多地与父母、祖父母和舅舅、舅舅、表兄弟姐妹团聚.A. go去;B. come来;C. return回来;D. turn使转动,旋转.根据后面to the family home and meet parents……应该是返回家看望父母……,故答案是C.【27题详解】句意:过去,除夕的时候,一家人都会呆在家里一起包饺子.A. in在……里;B. at在;C. on在……上;D. by 由于,经过.除夕是具体某一天的晚上,前面要用介词on,故答案为C.【28题详解】句意:过去,除夕的时候,一家人都会呆在家里一起包饺子.A. would愿意,将要;B. might可能;C. could 可以;D. have to必须.根据all the members of a family(13)stay at home making dumplings together应该是一家人将在一起包饺子,故答案是A.【29题详解】句意:现在很多人喜欢看电视.A. Now现在;B. But但是;C. And而且;D. So因此.In the past与now相对应,拿过去与现在作比较,答案为A.30题详解】句意:晚上通常是玩游戏、聊天、吃喝.A. sleeping睡觉;B. playing玩;C. running跑;D. drinking喝.根据talking,more eating 聊天和吃,后面应该是喝,故答案是D.四、阅读理解A31. Where do you probably read these two letters?A. In a magazine.B. In a book.C. In a guide-book.D. On a website.32. Li Hong thinks many students like to bring the high-tech things to school because _______.A. they like to listen to musicB. mobile phones are useful for their studiesC. they want to show off these thingsD. they want to contact with their classmates33. From the passage we know that _______.A. Li Hong has many high-tech things like her classmatesB. American students often use their own money to buy the high-tech thingsC. Chinese students work during the holidays to buy the high-tech thingsD. all the high-tech things are useful for the students【答案】31. D 32. C 33. B【解析】李洪在电子邮件中向詹妮介绍了新高中的第一天,许多学生把手机、MP3播放器、CD播放器和电子词典等高科技的东西带到学校,向别的同学炫耀这些东西.她还询问詹妮的学校是否也有这样的情况,詹妮告诉李洪美国学生经常用自己的钱买这些高科技的东西,学生们也需要这些东西.【31题详解】细节推理题.因为信件中有邮箱地址“Li-Hong @ net. cn”、“jenny@compail.ca”,由此判断这两封书信很可能来自一个网站,故应选D.【32题详解】细节理解题.根据第一封信中的“They bring the high-tech things to school, for example, mobile phones, MP3 players, CD players and electronic dictionaries. They show off these things to others.”他们把高科技东西带到学校,例如手机、MP3播放器、CD播放器和电子词典.他们向别人炫耀这些东西.故答案选C.【33题详解】细节理解题.根据第二封书信中的句子However, we often work during the holidays, and make money to buy these things. 然而,我们经常在假期工作,赚钱买这些东西.由此可知美国学生经常用自己的钱买高科技的东西.答案为B.BHenry finds a job on a farm. He is the strongest and youngest. He eats more, sleeps more, but works less. He doesn’t li ke to use his head, so he knows little. He has to do some unskilled work. He always says he’s tired and hopes to have a good rest. So he gets less money than others.Winter is coming. The workers are getting ready for the next year. Only Henry does nothing. The farmer tells him to cut down some trees in the forest. The young man has to go there with a chair. He feels lonely in the forest and is afraid of the animals. So he looks around and sings loudly. Nobody knows what he’s singing.After three days, He nry doesn’t cut down any trees. The farmer feels strange. He wants to find out how the young manis working there. To his anger, Henry is sitting on the chair, cutting the tree. "Why are you sitting here to cut the trees?" asks the farmer. "Because I can’t work if lying, sir."34. Henry gets less money because______.A. he sleeps moreB. he does some unskilled workC. he isn’t polite to the farmerD. he eats more35. Henry has to cut down the trees because______.A. he can do nothing except (除……以外)itB. he likes to stay in the quiet forestC. he can’t get on well with othersD. he is very strong36. Henry hopes to ______ .A. make the farmer happyB. get helpC. lie down in the forestD. cut down more trees【答案】34. B 35. A 36. C【解析】短文大意:亨利是个不喜欢用脑的人,因此他几乎不懂什么知识.只能做些没有技术的工作,因为除了砍树他什么都不会做.就连在砍树的时候,亨利也坐在椅子上,他更希望能躺着砍树,因为他太懒惰了.【34题详解】细节理解题.根据文中句子“He has to do some unskilled work. He always says he’s tired and hopes to have a good rest. So he gets less money than others.”可知亨利做的是些没有技术的工作,所以赚到更少的钱.答案为B. 【35题详解】细节理解题.根据文中句子He doesn’t like to use his head, so he knows little. He has to do some unskilled work. Only Henry does nothing. The farmer tells him to cut down some trees in the forest. The young man has to go there with a chair.可知,亨利不喜欢用脑,所以他几乎不懂知识.因为除了砍树他什么都不会做,所以亨利不得不去砍伐树木.答案为A.。
2020-2021学年第一学期期末测试牛津译林版七年级英语试题第Ⅰ卷客观题听力测试听录音,根据各部分要求选择正确答案,并在答题卡上将该项涂黑. 根据你所听到的内容,选择正确的选项.1. A. / ɔ: / B. / a: / C. / u: /2. A. / ɔi / B. / ai / C. / au /3. A. match B. catch C. wish4. A. wool B. cool C. pool5. A. glasses B. classes C. blouses6. A. 7:15 B. 7: 45 C. 8: 157. A. a piece of bread B. a packet of salt C. a plate of meat8. A. sleep for an hour B. sing for an hour C. shop for half an hour9. A. What day is it today? B. What date is it today? C. What time is it now?10. A. She is good at writing. B. He is good at singing. C. He is good at drawing.根据你所听到的内容,选择对应的图片,将其字母序号填入相应的空格内.A. B. C. D. E.11. ___________ 12. ___________ 13. ___________ 14. ___________ 15.___________根据你所听到的问题,选择相应的答语.16. A. Sure, here you are. B. Size M. C. Yes, please.17.A. No, he doesn’t. B. Yes. I like music. C. No. He’s not interested.18. A. Some water. B. No, it’s not healthy. C. I seldom eat it.19.A. Dumplings. B. Moon cakes. C. Rice dumplings.20. A. From 9 a.m. to 5 p.m.. B. At 9 a.m.. C. Between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m..根据你所到的长对话,选择正确的选项.21. What are they talking about?A Peter’s mother. B. Holidays. C. Mother’s Day gifts.22. What day is it today?A. Friday.B. Saturday.C. Sunday.23. When is Mother’s Day?A. On the first Sunday in May.B. On the second Sunday in May.C. On the third Sunday in May.24. Where is Annie going?A. The shop.B. The school.C. Her home.25. What will Peter buy?A. A white silk scarf.B. A red cotton scarf.C. A red silk scarf.单词辨音在A、B、C、D四个选项中,选出划线部分读音与其余三个不同的选项,并在答题卡上将该项涂黑.1. A. many B. snack C. packet D. glad2. A. letter B. because C. February D. lesson3. A. inside B. library C. trick D. twice4. A. carton B. watermelon C. lemon D. carrot5. A. dumpling B. luck C. study D. menu6. A. also B. salt C. always D. talk7. A. sugar B. start C. large D. dark8. A. glasses B. practises C. exercises D. nurses9. A. uncle B. orange C. weekend D. change10. A. another B. both C. leather D. smooth单项选择在A、B、C、D四个选项中,选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项,并在答题卡上将该项涂黑.11.—Is ________ interesting book on the table yours? I want to buy ________.—Yes. I order it online.A. the; itB. the; oneC. an; itD. an; one12.—________ is it from the Children’s Palace to Nanjing South Railway Station, Tom?—About ________.A. How o ften; 10 minutes’ rideB. How long; 10-minute rideC. How far; 10 minutes’ rideD. How far; 10 minutes ride13.—Why are you so tired?—Drawing the picture ________ me over one and a half hours.A. spendsB. costsC. needsD. takes14.________ great fun they have ________ kites on the grass!A. How; to flyB. What; to flyC. How; flyingD. What; flying15.—________ important for him ________ a walk after dinner?—Yes, he needs to do more exercise to keep fit.A. Is it; to takeB. Is that; to takeC. Is that; takesD. Is it; taking16._______ a cold winter evening, they made many lanterns _______ oranges. How interesting!A. In; out ofB. On; out ofC. On; fromD. In; with17._______ are twins. Both of ________ enjoy listening to pop music.A. I and he; weB. I and him; usC. He and I; usD. He and I; we18.—There is ________ bread at home.—Would you please get ________ for us?A. no; someB. not; someC. not some; someD. little; any19.________ students are becoming the “Heads-down Tribe” (低头族). It’s ________ bad.A. Too many; much tooB. Too much; much tooC. Much too; too muchD. Too many; too much20.Rules (规则) are helpful to us, ________ we have to follow (遵守) them.A. becauseB. butC. ifD. so21.—Where is your brother? I can’t find him.—Maybe he together with his friends ________ flowers in the garden.A. watersB. waterC. is wateringD. are watering22.________ of the boy students in my class________ collecting stamps.A. Everyone, is interested inB. Each, is interested inC. All, are interesting inD. Most, is interested in23.You can choose ________, but you can’t take this one.A. any other dressB. any other dressesC. any dressD. other dress24.—How often does your mother walk to work?—________. If it rains, she takes a bus to work.A. AlwaysB. OftenC. SeldomD. Never25.—Thank you for your coffee and tasty snacks.—________. I’m glad you like them.A. No problem.B. All right.C. That’s right.D. That’s all right.阅读理解阅读下面的短文,然后根据短文内容,在每小题所给的四个选项中选出最佳选项,并在答题卡上将该项涂黑.AIt was a wet, rainy day during the school holidays. Lily looked out of the window and thought about her parents. They were on a long holiday. They said Lily was not old enough to go. So Lily was staying with her Aunt Bella. Today Lily was unhappy. She was all alone-Aunt Bella was out shopping.Lily decided to go to the top floor. Maybe there was something interesting. She came to the top floor. There was an old door. Lily opened the door and walked in. The walls were changing colours. A sofa wasn’t on the floor! It was in t he air. Then she heard a sound “Whoooosh” and after a minute she saw a boy appear (出现).“Hi,” he said. “I am the genie (精灵). Who are you?”“I’m Lily,” she answered, “but you don’t look like a genie.”The boy looked at her. He said, “Hocuspocusinversus!” And then Lily was in the air. “OK! I believe you,” she shouted. “Get me down!”“So, how many wishes do you want?” the boy said.Then she told the cool genie she was lonely (孤独的). She told him about having no friends.The cool genie just nodded his head (点头). When Lily finished her story, she felt better.The genie said, “Well, I must go now!” Then he was gone. Lily went downstairs (下楼) and found a postcard from her parents. It said, “Dear Lily. Miss you, back next week, love Mom and Dad.” Then the front door opened and she heard Aunt Bella coming in with her shopping bags.The next day Lil y decided to say “Thank you” to the genie. She went to the top floor and opened the door. But there was nothing there except (除了) a dark old room with a few boxes.26. Why was Lily unhappy?A. Because it was a rainy day in the school holidays.B. Because her parents were on a holiday.C. Because her Aunt Bella was at home.D. Because she was lonely.27. Where did Lily see the genie?A. On the walls.B. In the sofa.C. In the room on the top floor.D. In the air.28. How did the genie make Lily believe that he was a true genie?A. He made Lily in the air.B. He appeared in the room strangely.C. Lily saw a sofa stay in the air.D. He said, “Hocuspocusinversus”.29. What did Lily do when she believed the boy was a true genie?A. She said she wanted some wishes.B. She told the boy she was lonely and unhappy.C. She ran downstairs.D. She laughed happily when she saw the boy.30. Why did Lily feel better after telling her story?A. Because she knew the genie would be her friend.B. Because her parents would come back next week.C. Because her aunt would buy her a present.D. Because telling her problems to others made her happy.BAs students, you may have many dreams. They can be very big like becoming Superman, orthey can be small.You may just want to become one of the ten best students in your class.If you find a dream,what do you do with it?Do you ever try to make your dream come true?Follow Your Heart by Australian writer Andrew Matthews tells us that making our dreams come true is life's b iggest challenge."You may think you're not very good at some school subjects,or that it is impossible for you to become a star. These ideas stop you from getting your dream," the book says.In fact,everyone can make his dream come true.The first important thing you must do is to remember what yo ur dream is.Don't let it leave your heart .Keep telling yourself what you want.Do this step by step and your dream will co me true faster. A big dream is, in fact,many small dreams.Never give up your dream. There will be difficulties on the road. But the biggest problem comes from yourself.You need to decide what is the most important.Studying instead of (代替)watching TV will bring you better exam points.Saving five yuan instead of buying an ice cream means you can buy a new book.When you get closer to your dream,it may change a little.Then you will be able to learn more skills and find new interests.31. Follow Your Heart is___.A. the first thing you must do to make your dream come trueB. the most important dream to have for studentsC. the name of a book by Andrew MatthewsD. the name of a famous Australian writer32. From the text ,we know the word"challenge"means___.A. 变化B. 挑战C. 决定D. 态度33. What should NOT you do to make your dream come true ?___A. Watch TV to get better exam points .B. Do what you should do step by step .C. Always remember what your dream is .D. Read more books ,learn more skills and find new interests .34. What is the best title (标题) of the text ?___A. Keep Your Dream in Your HeartB. How to Find Your DreamC. Make Your Dream Come TrueD. Students Have Many Dreams .第Ⅱ卷 主观题单词拼写 根据句意和中文注释,在答题卡相应的横线上,写出所给单词的正确形式.35. Jane is _____________ (的确) sorry for not giving the poor boy a hand.36. V ery ________ (少数的) students like writing letters to friends now. They often chat online.37. —What other _____________ (活动) do you often do after school?—I often play tennis and volleyball with my cousin, Andy.38. The new chairs in our school hall look nice and they’re also _____________ (舒适的) to sit on.39. —Why do you like that blouse? I don’t like the colour.—But I like something _____________ (特别的).40. Too much sugar in sweets is bad for our _____________ (牙齿).41. —Who is the top one _____________ (在……之中) all the students?—No one is better than James.42. There is a wallet _____________ (躺) on the ground. Is it yours, Sandy?完成对话 根据对话内容和所给句子选项,将对话补充完整,使其通顺达意.答题时,将所选句子序号写在答题卡上相应的空格内. Shopkeeper: Good afternoon, Madam. ____43____Mum: I want to buy a pair of gloves for my daughter. Shopkeeper: What’s your size?Daughter: Maybe Size M.Shopkeeper: Would you like the red pair?Daughter: Sorry. ____44____Shopkeeper: Sure. Here you are. They match your sweater very well.Mum: ____45____Shopkeeper: Yes, they’re very warm and comfor table.Daughter: They fit me very well. ____46____Shopkeeper: $89.Mum: A little expensive. But you look beautiful in them. I’ll take them.Shopkeeper: Here’s your change.Mum: Thanks. Bye!Daughter: Oh, Mum. I’m hungry. ____47____Mum: Sound great! ____48____Daughter: Pizza is my favourite.A. How much do they cost?B. Western food or Chinese food?C. What can I do for you?D. How about going to a restaurant nearby?E. Are they made of wool?F. Can I try on the orange pair?对话填空根据对话内容和所给首字母,在答题卡对应空格内填入一个适当的单词,使对话意思完整,所填单词必须完整写出.Zhao Mei: Hi, Daniel. You s_____49_____very happy today. Why?Daniel: My father is flying back today for Thanksgiving Day.Zhao Mei: It is Wednesday. Is it Thanksgiving Day tomorrow?Daniel: Yes, Thanksgiving Day is on the fourth T_____50_____ of November.Zhao Mei: Can you tell me something about it?Daniel: Sure. Thanksgiving Day is a holiday for American people to give thanks to God.Zhao Mei: How do you c_____51_____ it?Daniel: Well, Thanksgiving Day is also a good time for family members to get together. On Thanksgiving Eve, many family members d_____52_____ and even fly home. The next day, they sit a_____53_____ the table and eat atraditional dinner together.Zhao Mei: What food do you eat?Daniel: My mum always gets lots of food r_____54_____ for the holiday. We have roast turkey, sweet potatoes, puddings and...Zhao Mei: Oh, I feel hungry now!完成句子按所给的汉语, 用英语完成下列句子.答案必须填写在答题卡相应的横线上,每格限填一词. 55. 你还爱和其他什么人谈论足球比赛?________ _________ do you like ________ ______ _________ football matches?56. 谢谢你带英雄们参观这座现代化的大楼!Thanks for _________ the ________ _________ the ________ _________!57. 你能帮我找出谁的礼物和米莉的不同吗?Can you help me ________ _________ whose gifts ________ ___ _____ Millie’s?58. —你觉得这件连衣裙怎么样?—很漂亮,但我觉得野餐穿它不合适.—What do you ________ _________ the dress?—It’s very pretty but I don’t think it ________ _________ _________ the picnic.59.书面表达新年将至,每位同学将收到来自长辈的红包.初一(1)的同学们在班会课上,关于如何合理地利用零花钱,过一个有意义的新年,展开讨论,各抒己见.要点如下:注意事项:1. 短文必须包括以上要点,省略处必须补充细节,做适当发挥;2. 词数在60个左右.开头已给出,不计入总词数;3. 文中不得出现真实的人名、校名、地名等相关信息;4. 文章必须写在答题卡对应的位置上,写在试卷其他部分无效.Spring Festival is coming. Every student can get lots of red packets. Students in Class 1, Grade 7 talk about how to spend their pocket money in the class meeting.Some students want to_________________________________________________________答案与解析第Ⅰ卷客观题听力测试听录音,根据各部分要求选择正确答案,并在答题卡上将该项涂黑. 根据你所听到的内容,选择正确的选项.1. A. / ɔ: / B. / a: / C. / u: /2. A. / ɔi / B. / ai / C. / au /3. A. match B. catch C. wish4. A. wool B. cool C. pool5. A. glasses B. classes C. blouses6. A. 7:15 B. 7: 45 C. 8: 157. A. a piece of bread B. a packet of salt C. a plate of meat8. A. sleep for an hour B. sing for an hour C. shop for half an hour9. A. What day is it today? B. What date is it today? C. What time is it now?10. A. She is good at writing. B. He is good at singing. C. He is good at drawing.根据你所听到的内容,选择对应的图片,将其字母序号填入相应的空格内.A. B. C. D. E.11. ___________ 12. ___________ 13. ___________ 14. ___________ 15.___________根据你所听到的问题,选择相应的答语.16. A. Sure, here you are. B. Size M. C. Yes, please.17.A. No, he doesn’t. B. Yes. I like music. C. No. He’s not interested.18. A. Some water. B. No, it’s not healthy. C. I seldom eat it.19.A. Dumplings. B. Moon cakes. C. Rice dumplings.20. A. From 9 a.m. to 5 p.m.. B. At 9 a.m.. C. Between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m..根据你所到的长对话,选择正确的选项.21. What are they talking about?A. Peter’s mother.B. Holidays.C. Mother’s Day gifts.22. What day is it today?A Friday. B. Saturday. C. Sunday.23. When is Mother’s Day?A. On the first Sunday in May.B. On the second Sunday in May.C. On the third Sunday in May.24. Where is Annie going?A. The shop.B. The school.C. Her home.25. What will Peter buy?A. A white silk scarf.B. A red cotton scarf.C. A red silk scarf.单词辨音在A、B、C、D四个选项中,选出划线部分读音与其余三个不同的选项,并在答题卡上将该项涂黑.1. A. many B. snack C. packet D. glad2. A. letter B. because C. February D. lesson3. A. inside B. library C. trick D. twice4. A. carton B. watermelon C. lemon D. carrot5. A. dumpling B. luck C. study D. menu6. A. also B. salt C. always D. talk7. A. sugar B. start C. large D. dark8. A. glasses B. practises C. exercises D. nurses9. A. uncle B. orange C. weekend D. change10. A. another B. both C. leather D. smooth【答案】1. A 2. B 3. C 4. A 5. D 6. D 7. A 8. C 9. A 10. B【解析】1题详解】考查音标.ma ny /ˈmeni/;snack /snæk/;pa cket /ˈpækɪt/;gla d /ɡlæd/.分析选项,故选A.【2题详解】考查音标.le tter /ˈletə(r)/;be cause /bɪˈkəz; bɪˈkɒz/;Fe bruary /ˈfebruəri/;le sson /ˈlesn/.分析选项,故选B. 【3题详解】考查音标.insi de /ɪnˈsaɪd/;li brary /ˈlaɪbrəri; ˈlaɪbri/;tri ck /trɪk/;twi ce /twaɪs/.分析选项,故选C.【4题详解】考查音标.carto n /ˈkɑːtn/;watermelo n /ˈwɔːtəmelən/;lemo n /ˈlemən/;carro t /ˈkærət/.分析选项,故选A. 【5题详解】考查音标.du mpling /ˈdʌmplɪŋ/;lu ck /lʌk/;stu dy /ˈstʌdi/;menu /ˈmenjuː/.分析选项,故选D . 【6题详解】考查音标.al so /ˈɔːlsəʊ/;sal t /sɔːlt; sɒlt/;al ways /ˈɔːlweɪz/;tal k /tɔːk/.分析选项,故选D . 【7题详解】考查音标.sugar /ˈʃʊɡə(r)/;star t /stɑːt/;lar ge /lɑːdʒ/;dar k /dɑːk/.分析选项,故选A . 【8题详解】考查音标.glasses /'glɑːsɪz/;practises /ˈpræktɪsɪz/;exercises /'eksəsaɪzɪz/;nurses /'nɜ:sɪz/.分析选项,故选C . 【9题详解】考查音标。
2020-2021学年第一学期期末测试牛津译林版七年级英语试题一、听力测试(一)、听下面10段对话,每段对话后有1个小题,从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项.每段对话读两遍.1. What food does Mike like?A. B. C.2. Which is Tom’s favourite festival?A. B. C.3.What are they talking about?A. B. C.4. What’s Simon doing now?A. B. C.5. What does Kitty want to be?A. A teacher.B. A singer.C. A worker.6. What lesson does Sandy have on Tuesday and Thursday?A. Art.B. History.C. Geography.7Where are they talking?A. In the library.B. In the bookshop.C. In the classroom.8. How often does the boy go to the hill?A. Once a week.B. Once a month.C. Every day.9. Who is your Chinese teacher?A. Miss Wang.B. Mr. Wang.C. Mr. Wu. 10. How many students are there in the girl’s class? A. Thirty-one. B. Twenty-two. C. Fifty-three.(二)听下面一段对话和两篇短文,每段对话和短文后有几个小题,从题中所给的A 、B 、C 三个选项中选出最佳选项.每段对话和短文读两遍. 听一段对话,回答第11-12小题.11When does Peter’s school day start? A. At 8:00. B. At 8:15. C. At 8:25. 12. What’s Peter’s favourite subject ? A. English. B. Chinese. C. Maths.听第一篇短文,回答第13-15小题.13. A. aunt B. sister C. mother14. A. bananas B. noodles C. dumplings 15. A. orange B. apple juice C. cola听第二篇短文,回答第16-20小题16. Where does Alice live?A. In Shanghai.B. In Nanjing.C. In Chongqing. 17. What does Alice teach?A. Math.B. Chinese.C. English. 18. What is Alice like?A. Friendly.B. Tall.C. Beautiful. 19. Where does Alice have supper?A. At home.B. At school.C. In the restaurant. 20. How does Alice feel every day?A. Tired(累的).B. Happy.C. Sad.二、单项选择1.—What’s your favourite fruit?—Apples, You know. _______ apple a day keeps _______ doctor away.A. A;aB. A;theC. The;aD. An;the2.Miss Williams teaches _______ English this term. We love her very much..A. ourB. usC. weD. I3.—Why don’t you like sweet snacks?—Because there is _______ sugar in them.A. many tooB. much tooC. too muchD. too many4.We have meat and vegetables _______lunch.A. inB. onC. withD. for5.—_______ everyone in your family like Mid-Autumn Day?—Yes, of course.A. DoB. DoesC. IsD. Are6.—_______ is your home from your school?—It is about three kilometres.A. How oftenB. How longC. How farD. How old7.I don't have _______ nice stickers. Can I have _______?A. some; anyB. any; anyC. any; someD. some; some8.—What would you like _______?—Beef, fish, green beans, apple juice and some rice.A. to orderB. orderC. orderingD. orders9.一What’s in your pencil-box?—There _______ a ruler and six pencils in it.A. areB. isC. haveD. has10.I like this pair of shoes. Could I _______?A. try them onB. try on itC. try on themD. try it on11.My mother cooks dinner for us every day. Look! She _______ vegetables now.A. washesB. is washingC. are washingD. washing12.—Your brother speaks English very well.—Yes, so he does. He practises _______ English every day.A. speakingB. speakC. speaksD. to speak13.—I have no money with me. How can I get home?—Don't worry. I can _______ some _______ you.A. lend; toB. lend; fromC. borrow; toD. borrow; from14.The shop _______at 8:00 a. m. and it _______for ten hours every day.A. is open; opensB. opens; opensC. opens; is openD. is open, is open15.My mother always _______ at 6:30 in the morning, so I'm never late for school.A. wake up meB. wakes up meC. wake me upD. wakes me up16.—Which of the two shirts would you like?—Well, I have no idea(我不知道). _______ of them look nice.A. AllB. BothC. EachD. Every17.—Miss Gao is very popular with her students.—Yes. Her classes are _______ lively(生动的)and interesting.A. seldomB. neverC. sometimesD. always18.Amy has to _______a big dinner this evening. She looks great in a white blouse.A. wait forB. look forC. be fit forD. go for19.—_______, sir?—I'd like to buy a gift for my friend.A. Can you help meB. What can I do for youC.How are youD. What day is it today 20.—You look very cool today, Simon. —_______. A. Really? Thank you B. Oh, I don't think so C. No. I am not cool at all D. Yes. 三、完形填空Mr. Brown lives in a village. He has ____21____ farms and about twenty people working for him. He often____22____ them to work hard and be honest (诚实的).One day he goes to a farm and works with the workers there. Soon it is time ____23____ lunch. He puts ____24____ nice bread on the table and ____25____. A few minutes later he comes back but he ____26____ find the bread. “Who eats the ____27____on the table?” he shouts.Some of the workers answer, “We ____28____.”The others says, “We don’t eat it, either(也).”“Well,” said Mr. Smith, “____29____ are a lot of mice(老鼠)in the rooms, you know. So I ____30____ some poison(毒药) in the bread. ____31____ they eat, they must die(死).”As soon as(一…就…)he finishes, four workers begin to cry. “Oh, dear!”“____32____?”asks Mr. Smith.“We eat the bread when you are out. We are going to die.” One of them cries.“____33____,”Mr. Smith says ____34____ a smile, “I only ____35____ you. Use your head.”21.A. a few B. one C. much D. a lot 22. A. says B. tells C. talks D. speaks 23. A. in B. at C. for D. with 24. A. two B. many C. a D. some 25. A. goes out B. comes in C. sits down D. stands up 26. A. isn’t B. can’t C. aren’t D. don’t27. A. mice B. drinks C. bread D. apples 28. A. are B. don’t C. do D. doesn’t29. A. They B. We C. What D. There 30. A. take B. buy C. put D. need 31. A. That B. Before C. If D. Until(直到…为止)32.A. How are youB. What are you doingC. What time is itD. What’s wrong with you(你们怎么了)33. A. Excuse me B. Don’t worry C. Good idea D. Great34. A. with B. for C. in D. on35. A. trick or treat B. play a trick on C. dress up as D. have lunch with四、阅读理解(A)36. If you are a boy, you can _________to have a special birthday.A. visit www. g-birthday. com.B. visit www. b-birthday. com.C. stay in the school hallD. get a free(免费的)meal37. You want to order Set B for ten persons(人), how much do you need to pay?A. $100.B. $200C. $300D. $40038. Which of the following is TRUE accordingto the passage(根据短文)?A. They have three kinds of parties.B. The party will be in a big restaurant.C. They have two kinds of set dinners.D. There are different websites for boys and girls.39. We can’t know about _________ from the passage.A. the telephone number of the websitesB. the cost of set dinnersC. the name of the restaurantD. the address (地址) of the website40. The passage(短文)is probably(可能)_________.A. an advertisement (广告) of a websiteB. an invitation (邀请) to a birthday partyC. an advertisement of a restaurantD. a piece of news(新闻)about birthday parties(B)The Monkey Buffet Festival(猴子自助餐节) is on the last Sunday of November.It is a great day for monkeys in Thailand.People there think monkeys can bring good luck to them.So,to thank monkeys,they have this special festival.Every year on that day,people put lots of fruit,vegetables,cakes and even drinks on the tables outside.They are all for monkeys.Many people come to see the monkeys on that day.During the festival,there are a lot of interesting activities about monkeys.Young people are always dressed up as monkeys and they sing,dance and play music in the street.Monkeys always live in groups.Most of them live in the trees.They are good at running and jumping.They eat fruit,vegetables,flowers and birds’eggs.Monkeys are clever animals.Do you think so?41. The Monkey Buffet Festival is on _________ .A. the first Saturday of NovemberB. the last Saturday of NovemberC. the first Sunday of NovemberD. the last Sunday of November42. People have the special festival because they think monkeys _______.A.are cuteB. can work for themC. are cleverD. can bring good luck 43. On that day,young people always_________.A. eat all kinds of foods B. sing, dance and play music in the street C. play with monkeys D. run and jump 44. Of the four kinds of foods,monkeys don’t eat ________.A. beef B. bananas C. birds’eggs D. apples 45. What does the passage(短文)mainly(主要地)talk about? A. Monkeys are clever animals. B. Monkeys’favourite food.C. A festival for monkeys D. Monkeys in Thailand (C)Hello, everyone. My name is Alice. I usually go to school by bus, but the day before Christmas, I ride a bike to school.On my way, I find a box lying on the road. I stop my bike and pick up the box. I open it and see a beautiful new dress in it. How I want to have a new dress as my Christmas present! I think it looks cool on me, but I must give it back tothe owner (物主). There is no time to wait for the owner because I may be late for school. So I give it to a policeman. At night, Mum asks me to put a box under the Christmas tree and says I will get a nice present tomorrow. The next morning, I get up early and run to the Christmas tree. I can’t wait to open the box. I find a beautiful dress and it is just the same dress as I see on the road. A note in it says, “Alice, you are our good girl. This is the dress you find on your way to your school. I lose (丢失)it on my way. Mum”46. How does Alice go to school on the day before Christmas?A. By bike.B. By taxi.C. By bus.D. By car.47. What does Alice find on the road?A. A bag.B. A box.C. A present.D. A tree.48. What does the word “pick up” mean?A. 拾起B. 寻找C. 观察D. 检查49. Who is the owner of the box?A. Alice’s teacher.B. The policeman.C. Alice’s mother.D. Alice’s friend.50. Why does Alice give the dress to a policeman? Because .A. she doesn’t like the dressB. she wants the policeman to find the ownerC. she knows she will get a dress on Christmas EveD. she hopes the policeman will praise (表扬) her阅读表达Jim gets up very early one day and finds some changes (改变) in his house. But he can’t tell why. He looks carefully (仔细地)and finds:◆The big tree is behind the house, but now it’s in front of the house.◆The garden with flowers is gone (消失). In its place there is much grass.◆The dog house in the corner of the garden is gone.◆The green clock in his bedroom changes into a yellow one.“Mum! Mum! An ali en (外星人) changes our house!” Jim runs to his mum and tells her about what he sees. Mum iscleaning the living room. She’s not surprised at all(一点也不惊讶). “Oh, it’s your dad. He thinks our house is boring (乏味的), so he wants to change it. What do you think of t he changes? Do you like them?”根据短文内容,回答下列问题,每题答案不超过7个词.51. What does Jim find in his house after he gets up? ________________________________52. How many changes are there about Jim’s house? ________________________________53. Where is the big tree now? _____________________________________54. Who changes Jim’s house? _____________________________________55. Why does Jim’s father want to change their house? ________________________________任务型阅读阅读下列短文,根据短文中的信息完成文后表格,每空一词.I am a student in Grade 7. I have two friends at school. They are Tina and Max.Tina is my classmate, we are in the same class. She is a girl. She is tall and slim. She has long hair and big eyes. She likes dancing and dances for half an hour every day. Her favourite subject is English and she often helps me with my English. She always wears pink clothes, and she looks nice in pink. And she often wears a pair of red boots. They are made of leather.Max is Tina’s cousin, he is in Grade 8. He is a tall boy with glasses. He likes sports and he thinks sports can help people keep healthy. He loves basketball very much. He plays basketball well and often plays with his classmates. He also likes swimming and he goes swimming on Saturdays and Sundays.七、词汇运用根据句意和汉语注释,写出正确的单词.每空限一词.66. Xinghua is a ____________ (现代的) city. It’s very beautiful.67. He often goes on a ____________ (野餐) with his family on weekends.68. —Whose ____________ (围巾) are these?—They’re Peter’s.69. I get 100 ____________ (分数) in the test. How happy I am!70. After you get to school, you should read English ____________ (首先).71. The ____________ (价格) of the leather basketball is too high.72. I think these shoes are very ____________(舒服). They are just the right size.根据句意,用括号内所给单词的适当形式填空.每空不限一词.73. It takes Jim about half an hour ____________ (get) to school every morning.74. Daniel, ____________ (listen) to the teacher carefully, please!75. Simon ____________(not watch) ball games on TV in the evening.76. Don’t drink too much cola because it is not good for your ____________ (tooth).77. Halloween is many ____________ (child) favourite festival in the USA.78. ____________ (two) a week, I go shopping with my mother in that shopping mall.79. Daniel’s mother often __________(exercise) in the park in the morning.80. Look! They _______________ (give) a fashion show in the school hall.缺词填空“This morning,” the teacher says to her class, “I am going to give you a test (测试). This is a fun test to show how clever you are. I will a____81____ each of you one question.”One by one she asks her students a question. For example(例如), “What is the next n____82____: 2, 4, 6 …, James?” The answer, of course, is 8.A____83____ question is “Alice, can you tell me where afternoon comes b____84____ morning?” And the answer is “In the dictionary (字典)”. And the third(第三)question is: My grandmother is very old. She is 80 years old and f____85____ times (倍数) as old as I am. The answer is: 20. …Finally(最后), she thinks about asking Johnny the last(最后的)q____86____. Johnny isn't good at his lessons. The teacher thinks this is because he is very l____87____ and he always spends much time p____88____ games. “Now, Johnny,” she says, “I am going to ask you a simple (简单的) question. Listen carefully and give me the correct (正确的)a____89____. The question is: Captain Cook makes three trips(旅行)around the world. He dies(死)o n one of the trips. On which trip does he die?”“That’s not a fair (公平的) question,” Johnny says, “That question tests(测试)what I know about history, not how c____90____I am.”91.书面表达请以“My best friend”为题,根据下列要点提示写一篇英语作文:1.Jack, 14岁,阳光中学(Sunshine Middle School)七年级一班.他高而强壮.2.他喜欢运动,他是校篮球队的成员.3. 他很少吃汉堡,因为……(至少一点).4.他家附近有一个购物中心.他经常在那儿购物.他认为它是一个会见朋友和玩乐的好地方.5.他最喜欢的节日是春节,因为……(至少一点).6.他每天总是过得很愉快.注意:1.词数不少于80词.2.短文须包括所有要点内容,不要逐词翻译,可适当发挥,使短文连贯通顺.My best friend____________________________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________He always has a good time every day.答案与解析一、听力测试(一)、听下面10段对话,每段对话后有1个小题,从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项.每段对话读两遍.1. What food does Mike like?A. B. C.2. Which is Tom’s favourite festival?A. B. C.3.What are they talking about? A. B. C.4. What’s Simon doing now?A. B. C.5. What does Kitty want to be? A. A teacher. B. A singer. C. A worker.6. What lesson does Sandy have on Tuesday and Thursday? A. Art. B. History. C. Geography.7. Where are they talking? A. In the library. B. In the bookshop. C. In the classroom.8. How often does the boy go to the hill? A. Once a week. B. Once a month. C. Every day.9. Who is your Chinese teacher? A. Miss Wang. B. Mr. Wang. C. Mr. Wu.10. How many students are there in the girl’s class?A. Thirty-one.B. Twenty-two.C. Fifty-three.(二)听下面一段对话和两篇短文,每段对话和短文后有几个小题,从题中所给的A、B、C 三个选项中选出最佳选项.每段对话和短文读两遍.听一段对话,回答第11-12小题.11. When does Peter’s school day start?A. At 8:00.B. At 8:15.C. At 8:25.12. What’s Peter’s favourite subject ?A. English.B. Chinese.C. Maths.听第一篇短文,回答第13-15小题.13. A. aunt B. sister C. mother14. A. bananas B. noodles C. dumplings15. A. orange B. apple juice C. cola听第二篇短文,回答第16-20小题16. Where does Alice live?A. In Shanghai.B. In Nanjing.C. In Chongqing.17. What does Alice teach?A. Math.B. Chinese.C. English.18. What is Alice like?A. Friendly.B. Tall.C. Beautiful.19Where does Alice have supper?A. At home.B. At school.C. In the restaurant.20. How does Alice feel every day?A. Tired(累的).B. Happy.C. Sad.二、单项选择1.—What’s your favourite fruit?—Apples, You know. _______ apple a day keeps _______ doctor away.A. A;aB. A;theC. The;aD. An;the【答案】D【解析】【详解】句意:——你最喜欢什么水果?——苹果,你知道的.一天一苹果,医生远离我.考查冠词.第一个空表示泛指,而且apple是以元音音素开头的单词,所以用不定冠词an修饰,第二个空,特指的是医生,所以用定冠词the;An apple a day keeps the doctor away.“一天一苹果,医生远离我.”是一句谚语;故答案选D.【点睛】本题考查冠词用法.冠词分为定冠词、不定冠词和零冠词.不定冠词包括a和an ,表示泛指某人或某物,a用于辅音音素开头的单词前面;an用于元音音素开头的单词前面.the是定冠词,表示特指某个(些)人或者物,或者在文中再次提到该事物时;零冠词用于一些特殊的结构中.本题根据题干可知第一个空,表示泛指,而且apple是以元音音素开头的单词,故用不定冠词an,第二个空,特指的是医生,所以用定冠词the,故答案选D.2.Miss Williams teaches _______ English this term. We love her very much..A. ourB. usC. weD. I【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意:Williams小姐这个学期教我们英语.我们非常爱她.考查代词.A. our我们,形容词性的物主代词;B. us我们,宾格;C. we我们,主格;D. I我,主格.teach +sb+科目“教某人某个学科”结合语境“Williams小姐这个学期教____英语.我们非常爱她.”设空处放在动词teaches后面作宾语,所以应用宾格代词;结合选项可知B选项符合题意,故答案选B.3.—Why don’t you like sweet snacks?—Because there is _______ sugar in them.A. many tooB. much tooC. too muchD. too many【答案】C【详解】句意:——你为什么不喜欢甜食?——因为里面有太多的糖.考查形容词短语.A. many too搭配错误,排除;B. much too中心词是too,much此处做副词,表示程度,后面跟形容词或副词,意思是“非常、太…”;C. too much中心词是much,too作为副词修饰much,后面跟不可数名词,意思是“太多的…”;D. too many中心词是many,意思是“太多的”,用法与many相同,用来修饰可数名词复数.本题根据Because there is ____ sugar in them.“因为里面有太多的糖.”可知sugar为不可数名词,应用too much修饰;故答案选C.4.We have meat and vegetables _______lunch.A. inB. onC. withD. for【答案】D【解析】【详解】句意:我们午饭吃肉和蔬菜.考查介词辨析.A. in在…里面;B. on在…上面;C. with和…一起;D. for为了、对于、至于.根据We have meat and vegetables ___lunch.可知句意为“我们午饭吃肉和蔬菜.”have…for breakfast/lunch/dinner“早饭/午饭/晚饭吃…”,为固定搭配,故答案选D.5.—_______ everyone in your family like Mid-Autumn Day?—Yes, of course.A. DoB. DoesC. IsD. Are【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意:——你家里每个人都喜欢中秋节吗?——是的,当然喜欢.考查一般疑问句.根据____ everyone in your family like Mid-Autumn Day? 可知,like在句中为实义动词,表示“喜欢”,而且主语为不定代词everyone,所以一般疑问句需要借助于助动词does;结合选项可知B选项符合题意,故答案选B.6.—_______ is your home from your school?—It is about three kilometres.A. How oftenB. How longC. How farD. How old【答案】C【详解】句意:——你家离学校有多远?——大约三公里.考查特殊疑问词辨析.根据答语It is about three kilometres.“大约三公里.”可知上文是问“你家离学校有多远?”“多远”how far;结合选项可知C选项符合题意,故答案选C.【点睛】本题考查特殊疑问词的辨析.A. How often“多久一次”,是对频率的提问;B. How long“多长”,是对长度或一段时间的提问;C. How far“多远”是对距离的提问;D. How old“几岁”,是对年龄的提问.本题根据答语It is about three kilometres.“大约三公里.”可知是对距离的提问,所以用how far;故答案选C.7.I don't have _______ nice stickers. Can I have _______?A. some; anyB. any; anyC. any; someD. some; some【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意:——我没有很好的贴纸,能给我一些吗?考查代词用法.any通常用于否定句或一般疑问句,some通常用于肯定句,但是表示请求帮助,而且希望得到肯定回答时一般疑问句用some代替any.根据句意“——我没有很好的贴纸,能给我一些吗?”第一个空,否定句用any;第二个空,表示请求帮助,并且希望得到肯定回答用some;故答案选C.8.—What would you like _______?—Beef, fish, green beans, apple juice and some rice.A. to orderB. orderC. orderingD. orders【答案】A【解析】【详解】句意:——你想要点什么?——牛肉、鱼、青豆,苹果汁和一些米饭.考查固定句式.根据What would you like ____? 可知本句考查固定句式:would like to do sth表示想要做某事;结合选项可知A选项符合题意,故答案选A.9.一What’s in your pencil-box?—There _______ a ruler and six pencils in it.A. areB. isC. haveD. has【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意:——你的铅笔盒里有什么?——里面有一把尺子和六支铅笔.考查there be句型的就近原则.根据There ____ a ruler and six pencils in it.可知本题考查there be句型的就近原则;当there be结构中的主语既有单数也有复数形式时,动词根据“就近原则”来决定,本题中的动词决定于 a ruler,单数形式,所以be动词用is,故答案选B.10.I like this pair of shoes. Could I _______?A. try them onB. try on itC. try on themD. try it on【答案】A【解析】【详解】句意:我喜欢这双鞋,我能试穿一下吗?考查动词短语.try on“试穿”,是“及物动词+副词”短语,宾语是代词时应放在中间,名词时既可以放在中间也可以放在后面.本题中设空处指代前面的shoes为复数形式,所以应用them来代替,try them on“试穿它们”,故答案选A.11.My mother cooks dinner for us every day. Look! She _______ vegetables now.A. washesB. is washingC. are washingD. washing【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意:我妈妈每天给我做饭.看!她正在洗蔬菜.考查现在进行时.A. washes第三人称单数;B. is washing现在进行时;C. are washing现在进行时;D. washing动名词.根据Look! She ____ vegetables now.由句中的时间状语now,可知句子时态用现在进行时,现在进行时的构成为:am/is/are+动词现在分词,主语是she,be动词用is,wash的现在分词是washing;故答案选B.12.—Your brother speaks English very well.—Yes, so he does. He practises _______ English every day.A. speakingB. speakC. speaksD. to speak【答案】A【解析】【详解】句意:——你哥哥英语说得很好.——是的,他确实说的不错.他每天练习说英语.考查非谓语动词.A. speaking 动名词;B. speak动词原形;C. speaks第三人称单数;D. to speak动词不定式.speak意思是“说”,practise doing sth.固定搭配,意思是“练习做某事”;故答案选A.13.—I have no money with me. How can I get home?—Don't worry. I can _______ some _______ you.A. lend; toB. lend; fromC. borrow; toD. borrow; from【答案】A【解析】【详解】句意:——我身上没带钱,我怎么回家?——别担心,我可以借给你一些.考查动词辨析及动词固定搭配.lend“借出”,常用结构lend sth.to sb.“把某物借给某人”;borrow“借入”,常用结构borrow sth.from sb.“向某人借某物”.根据句意“——我身上没带钱,我怎么回家?——别担心,我可以借给你一些.”可知lend sth.to sb.“把某物借给某人”符合题意,故答案选A.14.The shop _______at 8:00 a. m. and it _______for ten hours every day.A. is open; opensB. opens; opensC. opens; is openD. is open, is open【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意:这家商店在上午八点开门,它每天营业十小时.考查一般现在时.根据时间状语every day可知本句时态用一般现在时;第一个空,open用作动词,作谓语,主语是the shop,第三人称单数形式,所以动词open也要用第三人称单数形式opens;第二个空,open是形容词,be open表示一种状态,意思是“开着的”,主语是it,是单数形式,所以用is open;结合选项可知C选项符合题意,故答案选C.15.My mother always _______ at 6:30 in the morning, so I'm never late for school.A. wake up meB. wakes up meC. wake me upD. wakes me up【答案】D【解析】【详解】句意:我妈妈总是在早上六点半叫醒我,所以我上学从不迟到.考查动词短语.由always可知句子时态用一般现在时,主语mother为第三人称单数,所以谓语动词也要用第三人称单数形式;wake up“”叫醒,是动副词短语,宾格代词应置于中间;结合选项可知D选项符合题意,故答案选D.16.—Which of the two shirts would you like?—Well, I have no idea(我不知道). _______ of them look nice.A. AllB. BothC. EachD. Every【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意:——这两件衬衫你喜欢哪一件?——嗯,我也不知道.它们看起来都不错.考查不定代词.A. All都,表示三者或三者以上都;B. Both两者都;Each每一个,强调个体;D. Every每一个,强调整体,全部.根据two shirts可知共有两件衬衫,根据Well, I have no idea(我不知道).___ of them look nice.可知,拿不定注意,应该是两件都好;结合选项可知B选项符合题意,故答案选B.17.—Miss Gao is very popular with her students.—Yes. Her classes are _______ lively(生动的)and interesting.A. seldomB. neverC. sometimesD. always【答案】D【解析】【详解】句意:——高老师很受学生们的欢迎.——是的,她的课总是生动有趣.考查频度副词.A. seldom很少;B. never从不;C. sometimes有时;D. always总是、一直.根据上文Miss Gao is very popular with her students.可推知是她的课总是生动有趣.结合选项可知D选项符合题意,故答案选D.18.Amy has to _______a big dinner this evening. She looks great in a white blouse.A. wait forB. look forC. be fit forD. go for【答案】D【解析】【详解】句意:艾米今晚不得不外出去吃一顿大餐.她穿白色衬衫看起来很漂亮.考查动词短语.A. wait for 等候、等待;B. look for寻找、寻求;C. be fit for对…合适、适合于;D. go for为…去、外出.have to表示客观需要做的事情,意思是“必须、不得不”,后接动词原形;根据句意“艾米今晚不得不外出去吃一顿大餐.她穿白色衬衫看起来很漂亮.”可知go for符合题意;故答案选D.19.—_______, sir?—I'd like to buy a gift for my friend.A. Can you help meB. What can I do for youC. How are youD. What day is it today【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意:——先生,我能为你做些什么?——我想给我的朋友买一份礼物.考查情景交际.A. Can you help me你能帮助我吗?B. What can I do for you我能为你做些什么吗?C. How are you你好吗?D. What day is it today今天星期几?根据答语I'd like to buy a gift for my friend.“我想给我的朋友买一份礼物.”可知上文是问“先生,我能为你做些什么?”购物时的日常用语,故答案选B.20.—You look very cool today, Simon.—_______.A. Really? Thank youB. Oh, I don't think soC. No. I am not cool at allD. Yes.【答案】A【解析】【详解】句意:——西蒙,你今天看起来很酷.——真的吗?谢谢你.考查情景交际.A. Really? Thank you真的吗?谢谢你.B. Oh, I don't think so哦,我不这么认为.C. No. I am not cool at all不,我一点都不酷.D. Yes.是的.根据题干You look very cool today, Simon. 可知,当别人在称赞或赞美你的时候,你应该表示感谢,以示礼貌;故答案选A.三、完形填空Mr. Brown lives in a village. He has ____21____ farms and about twenty people working for him. He often____22____ them to work hard and be honest (诚实的).One day he goes to a farm and works with the workers there. Soon it is time ____23____ lunch. He puts ____24____nice bread on the table and ____25____. A few minutes later he comes back but he ____26____ find the bread. “Who eats the ____27____on the table?” he shouts.Some of the workers answer, “We ____28____.”The others says, “We don’t eat it, either(也).”“Well,” said Mr. Smith, “____29____ are a lot of mice(老鼠)in the rooms, you know. So I ____30____ some poison(毒药) in the bread. ____31____ they eat, they must die(死).”As soon as(一…就…)he finishes, four workers begin to cry. “Oh, dear!”“____32____?”asks Mr. Smith.“We eat the bread when you are out. We are going to die.” One of them cries.“____33____,”Mr. Smith says ____34____ a smile, “I only ____35____ you. Use your head.”21. A. a few B. one C. much D. a lot22. A. says B. tells C. talks D. speaks23. A. in B. at C. for D. with24. A. two B. many C. a D. some25. A. goes out B. comes in C. sits down D. stands up26. A. isn’t B. can’t C. aren’t D. don’t27. A. mice B. drinks C. bread D. apples28. A. are B. don’t C. do D. doesn’t29. A. They B. We C. What D. There30. A. take B. buy C. put D. need31. A. That B. Before C. If D. Until(直到…为止)32.A. How are youB. What are you doingC. What time is itD. What’s wrong with you(你们怎么了)33. A. Excuse me B. Don’t worry C. Good idea D. Great34. A. with B. for C. in D. on35. A. trick or treat B. play a trick on C. dress up as D. have lunch with【答案】21. A 22. B 23. C 24. D 25. A 26. B 27. C 28. B 29. D 30. C 31.C 32.D 33. B 34. A 35. B【解析】【分析】文章大意:本文叙述了一个名叫史密斯的人,有一些农场和20个工人为他工作.他经常告诉他们要努力工作,要诚实.今天,他和工人一起劳动,吃午饭时,他放在桌子上一些面包,出去后再回来,面包找不到了.于是他告诉工人这些面包里面放了毒药,用来杀死老鼠的.听了这些话之后,有四名工人哭了.史密斯先生笑了,原来这是他给大家开的一个玩笑.【21题详解】句意:他有几个农场,大约有20个人为他工作.考查形容词及语境理解.A. a few一些,修饰可数名词;B. one一、一个;C. much很多,修饰不可数名词;D. a lot非常,副词.设空处修饰后面的可数名词farms,所以用a few,故答案选A.【22题详解】句意:他经常告诉他们要努力工作,要诚实.考查动词及语境理解.A. says说,强调说的内容;B. tells告诉;C. talks谈论;D. speaks说,后接某种语言.根据He often __2__ them to work hard and be honest (诚实的). 可知句意为“他经常告诉他们要努力工作,要诚实.” tell sb. to do sth.告诉某人去做某事;故答案选B.【23题详解】句意:很快就到吃午饭的时间了.考查介词及语境理解.A. in在…里;B. at在..;C. for为了;D. with和…一起.根据题干,It's time for sth.到了某事的时间了,是固定句型,故答案选C.【24题详解】句意:他把一些好吃的面包放在桌子上.考查形容词及语境理解.A. two二;B. many许多,修饰可数名词复数;C. a一、一个;D. some一些、修饰可数名词复数或不可数名词.设空处后面的bread为不可数名词,不能用不定冠词a、many或数词,只能用some来修饰,故答案选D.【25题详解】句意:然后他出去了.考查动词短语及语境理解.A. goes out出去;B. comes in进来;C. sits down坐下;D. stands up站起来.根据下文A few minutes later he comes back可知,他出去了几分钟后他回来了.故答案选A.【26题详解】句意:但是他找不到面包.考查情态动词及语境理解.A. isn’t不是,单数形式;B. can’t不能;C. aren’t不是,复数形式;D. don’t不.由but表示转折,可知他出去时还有那些面包,回来了但不能找到面包了,故答案选B.【27题详解】句意:“谁吃了桌子上的面包?”他喊道.考查名词及语境理解.A. mice老鼠;B. drinks饮料;C. bread面包;D. apples苹果.根据上文but he can’t find the bread.他找不到面包,可知此处问的是面包;故答案选C.【28题详解】句意:一些工人回答说:“我们没吃.”考查动词及语境理解.A. are 是,复数形式;B. don’t不;C. do 做;D. doesn’t不.根据下文The others says, “We don’t eat it, either(也).”可知此处是否定回答,主语是we,故用助动词don't,故答案选B.【29题详解】句意:你们知道,房间里有很多的老鼠.考查there be句型及语境理解.A. They他们;We我们;C. What什么;D. There那儿..此处表示某地存在某物,用"there be有".根据__9__ are a lot of mice(老鼠)in the rooms, you know.可知,本句考查there be句型,故答案选D.【30题详解】句意:所以我在面包里放了一些毒药.考查动词及语境理解.A. take拿走;B. buy买; C. put放;D. need 需要.根据So I __10__ some poison(毒药) in the bread.可知,是把毒药放进面包里,故答案选C.【31题详解】句意:如果它们吃了,它们一定会死.考查连词及语境理解.A. That那个;B. Before在…之前;C. If如果;D. Until直到…为止.根据__11__ they eat, they must die(死).可知,是假设老鼠吃了毒药,老鼠就一定会死,故用连词if;故答案选C.【32题详解】句意:史密斯先生问:“你们怎么啦?”考查句子及语境理解.A. How are you 你好吗?B. What are you doing你在做什么?C. What time is it几点了?D. What’s wrong with you你们怎么了?根据上文four workers begin to cry.四名工作开始哭,可知此处应该是问你们怎么了?故答案选D.【33题详解】句意:别担心.考查交际用语及语境理解.A. Excuse me对不起,打扰了;B. Don’t worry别担心;C. Good idea 好主意;D. Great太棒了.根据Mr. Smith says __14__ a smile,可知他带着笑容,说明没有危险,不用担心;故答案选B.【34题详解】句意:史密斯先生面带微笑说.考查介词及语境理解.A. with和…一起,伴随;B. for为了;C. in在…里面;D. on在…上面.根据Mr. Smith says __14__ a smile,可知是史密斯先生面带微笑说,with a smile 带着微笑;故答案选A.。
2020-2021学年第一学期期末测试牛津译林版七年级英语试题卷Ⅰ客观题Ⅰ. Listening comprehension第一节听下面十段对话.每段对话后面有一个小题.从题中所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳选项.每段对话听一遍.1. What’s the weather like in Kate’s city?A. Snowy.B. Rainy.C. Windy.D. Sunny.2. What is the boy going to do first?A. Swimming.B. Skating.C. Shopping.D. Surfing.3. When is Tom’s birthday?A. Sept. 27th.B. Sept. 28th.C. Sept. 29th.D. Sept. 30th.4. Which country does the woman want to visit?A. England.B. America.C. Canada.D. France.5. How does the boy go to school every day?A. By car.B. By subway.C. By bike.D. By bus.6. What is John’s telephone number?A. 85067789.B. 85066789.C. 85066798.D. 85067778.7. Where are the two speakers?A. At home.B. At the bus stop.C. In a shop.D. In the police station.8. Who runs the fastest?A. Lucy.B. Tom.C. Mary.D. Kate.9. What will David give to Lisa for her birthday?A. A card.B. A book.C. A cake.D. A dress.10. What does the woman mean?A. She doesn’t care about it.B. She has no more pens.C. She doesn’t have enough pens.D. She has enough pens for both of them.第二节听下面两段对话.每段对话后面有几个小题.从题中所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳选项.每段对话听两遍.听第一段对话,回答第11-12题.11. W hat’s the man going to do for his holiday?A. He will be on business.B. He will travel to Nanjing.C. He will travel to Dalian.D. He will stay at home.12. How long will it take him to get there?A. Less than 2 hours.B. 2 hours.C. 2 hours and a half.D. Over 2 hours.听第二段对话,回答第13-15题.13. What are they talking about?A. The weather of the weekend.B. Going swimming at the weekend.C. Their plans for the weekend.D. Going shopping at the weekend.14. What will the weather be like at the weekend?A. Sunny.B. Rainy.C. Cloudy.D. Snowy.15. Whom would Millie like to go shopping with?A. Her sister.B. Her brother.C. Her aunt.D. Her cousin.第三节听下面一段短文,回答第16-20题.从题中所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳选项.短文听两遍.16. How old is Peter?A. 13.B. 14.C. 15.D. 16.17. What is he interested in doing?A. Making more money.B. Finding a good job.C. Reading books.D. Sending newspapers.18. Why did he want to look for a job?A. Because he had a lot of free time.B. Because he wanted to buy some books.C. Because he didn’t want to go to school.D.Because he wanted to make a lot of money. 19. What is Peter’s first job?A. To buy newspapers. B. To send newspapers. C. To sell newspapers. D. To read newspapers. 20.Which of the following is true? A. Peter’s family is rich.B Peter lives far away from the school. C. Peter can get only 5 dollars an hour now. D. Peter can get only 3 dollars an hour now. Ⅱ. Multiple choice 1.Let's look at the bag. Can you see _____“s” on the corner of_____ bag?A. a; a B. a; the C. an; a D. an; the 2.Santa jumped into the house through the chimney (烟囱) ______ a lot of gifts ______ his bag. A. had; in B. with; in C. with; on D. had; on 3.—Mum, I’m thirsty! How much Cola do we still have in the fridge?—__________, I’m afraid. You’d better drink something else.A. NoneB. No oneC. NothingD. No4.He couldn’t buy anything to eat because he had _______ money with him.A. a fewB. fewC. a littleD. little5.The phrase “awkward chat (尬聊)” means conversations with _______ people. And even if you feel _____, you can’t stop them.A. boring; boringB. boring; boredC. bored; boringD. bored; bored6.Whenever I want to start work on something, a ________ in me tells me that I won’t do it well. What should I do?A. noiseB. songC. soundD. voice7.It’s not good for the old people to eat too much watermelon because it _______ a lot of sugar.A. makesB. containsC. consists ofD. produces8.My parents always get me ______ different kinds of fruits and vegetables, though I hate eating some of them.A. to eatB. eatC. eatingD. eats9.—Daniel, why are you late again? The movie _______ 15 minutes ago!—Sorry, I _____ to. I was trapped (困住) in the subway.A. starts; meanB. started; meantC. started; didn’t meanD. starts; don’t mean10.Look! The Chinese national basketball team ________ a face-to-face interview with their fans in the hall. How excited the fans are!A. is havingB. are havingC. haveD. has11.You don’t need to worry about (担忧) your son. __________, he is already an adult.A. On the other handB. Not a nice thing to sayC. To be honestD. After all12.—Doesn’t Frank like staying at home and looking after his little sister?—_______, but he ________ because both of his parents work.A. Yes; has toB. No; has toC. Yes; doesn’t have toD. No; doesn’t have to13.Work hard, believe in yourself ______ you will make some progress.A. butB. soC. andD. then14.—I’m terribly sorry that my son broke your vase at your home yesterday.—________. Young kids sometimes are careless and they are energetic all the time.A. AbsolutelyB. Never mindC. That’s rightD. It was nothingⅢ.Find out the incorrect one of the four underlined parts.15. Gloria asked the doctor don’t tell her mother how ill she was. She didn’t want them to spend much money on her.16. Some sports hobbies cost quite a lot of money. Such as, we need to buy sneakers (运动鞋) to go running.17. Almost everyone in our school likes that 8-months-old cat. Some students play with it for some time at noon.18. If you look for someone with enough medical knowledge (医学知识) to work the question out, she is the right person to make it possibly.19. If you look at the successful people in our community (社区), you may find that the only thing they have in the common is that they want something and they go and get it.20. He thought he could make a friend with Jenny by leaving her a present at her house every day. Jenny didn’t think so, though.21. —When can I go out to play football, Mum?—You’d better finish your homework first or I don’t let you to go out.22. Half of the students in the classroom finished the exercises. The teacher gave other students another five minutes to finish them.23. I stayed in New York for one month in 2014. While I was there, my host family tried to cook anything different for me every day.24. Families in China celebrate (庆祝) the Spring Festival with different ways. Some get together to enjoy big dinners and some go to some holiday towns to have a good time.Ⅳ. Cloze testA boy felt terribly cold, wrapping (围紧) his arms around himself on a bus stop bench. He wasn’t wearing a coat and it was very ___25___ in the capital of Norway in winter. It was sad for the boy not to wear warmclothes,___26___ it was cheerful and exciting to see so many people help the 11-year-old John when they saw his bad situation.A young woman ___27___ her own coat around his shoulders. Later, another older woman at first gave him her scarf, then wrapped him in her large jacket. Then more and more people ___28___ their gloves and even the coats to give them to the child while they were ___29___ their bus.John’s ___30___ situation was a hidden camera experiment (实验) by SOS Children’s Villages in Norway. They planned to raise (募集) money to send many ___31___ to help Syrian children get through the winter. Many of the poor children left their homes ___32___ winter clothes.“People should care as much about ___33___ in Syria as they care about this boy,” Synne, the information head of SOS Children’s Villages in Norway, ___34___ the reporters. She also said that the child was a volunteer who was never in any danger during the filming.25. A. warm B. cool C. cold D. hot26. A. but B. and C. or D. so27. A. put B. made C. got D. showed28. A. took out B. took on C. took away D. took off29. A. looking for B. getting on C. waiting for D. getting off30. A. good B. well C. cold D. bad31. A. T-shirts B. coats C. socks D. shorts32. A. without B. with C. in D. for33. A. men B. women C. children D. adults34. A. told B. said C. spoke D. talkedⅤ. Reading comprehensionTicket Information.Dates: July 30-Aug 8 Mon-Fri 10 am, 7 pm Sat-Sun 10 am, 2 pm, 7 pm.Venue: Esplanade TheatreDuration: 1.5 hours.Ticket Prices:$25 per child or adult (day shows).$35 per child or adult (evening shows).Family Packages:$85 for 4 tickets (10 am, 2 pm shows).$120 for 4 tickets (7 pm shows).Latecomer Policy:Please arrive early. Latecomers will not be allowed (允许) to enter until a proper break in the shows.Children: As courtesy (礼貌) to other audience (观众) members, children below 3 years old will not be allowed in.35. How many days will the show last?A. 11B. 10C. 9D. 836. If the show begins at 10 am, it will probably finish at ______.A. 2 pmB. 7 pmC. 11:30 amD. 11:45 am37. A family with four members will spend _______ if they watch the show at 7 pm.A. $140B. $75C. $85D. $12038. What will happen to a latecomer?A. He or she can still watch the whole show.B. He or she can only enter during a break.C. He or she won’t have won’t have a proper break.D. He or she will fail to enter the theatre.39. ________ will not be allowed in.A. TeenagersB. People with no courtesyC. Families with three childrenD. Children under 3Not long ago, I answered a telephone call from an old friend who I’d not heard from for a long time. “Hi, my good friend,” said the voice on the end. “I just wanted to see how you’re getting long.”At the end of the conversation, he sa id, “if you need me in any way, I’ll be happy to help out.” And he meant it! That call came at just the right time. I needed those words of encouragement (鼓励). I hung up the phone and felt very warm in my heart.And that day I relearned something important about life: Life is first about people, not to-do lists and a million tasks left undone—it’s about people.To love and to know that we are loved is the greatest happiness. And happiness seems to be something that too many of us are short of (缺少)! My friend reminded (提醒) me that it is never enough just to love; we must also express (表达) it.George William Childs put it like this: “Do not keep the box of your love and friendship closed up until your friends are gone. Fill their lives with sweetness. Speak cheering words while their ears can hear them and while their hearts can be made happier.” Happiness may be just a phone call.40. The writer’s friend called the writer because ________.A. he wanted the writer to help himB. he wanted to help the writer outC. he knew the writer needed those words of encouragementD. he just wanted to know how the writer was getting along41. How does the writer feel after he received the phone call that day?A. Encouraged.B. Excited.C. Angry.D. Sad.42. From this passage we know the greatest happiness is _______.A. to love othersB. to be lovedC. to love and to be lovedD. to express our love43. What does the phrase “hung up” mean?A. 挂断B. 稍等C. 吊起D. 闲逛44. The underlined sentence in Paragraph 5 tells us _________.A. to put our love in the boxB. to show our love to our friendsC. not to express our love and friendshipD. when our friends go, give them our loveInsects are a very healthy food. They have almost as much protein (蛋白质) as meat from a pig or cow and are low in fat. Eating insects is also very good for the environment (环境) since they need less land and water than larger animals.Marcel Dicke, who studies insects, explained (解释) in a talk how insects also produce more meat from the food they eat. For example, imagine a farmer feeds a cow 10 pounds of food. Those 10 pounds of food produce about 1 pound of meat for people to eat. However, imagine the farmer gives a certain number of insects 10 pounds of food. Those 10 pounds of food produce 9 pounds of meat for people to eat!Eating more insects can also help people in poor areas. Many people can raise (饲养) and sell insects, which can provide jobs and food.But insects will not replace (替代) animal meat very quickly. First, people in some countries would have to change how they think about eating insects. Many people in North America and Europe eat a lot of meat like beef and pork. But they don’t traditionally eat insects. In fact, for many people in the west, eating insects sounds crazy! They believe insects are dirty and dangerous. Insects make them feel uncomfortable.Some people are trying to deal with this problem. For example, David George Gordon wrote a book named The Eat-A-Bug Cookbook, which tries to show people that insects can be delicious. Other insect experts (专家) travel around telling people about the benefit (好处) of eating insects. But they still have a lot of work to do.45. What can we get if we eat the insects?A. Protein.B. Fat.C. Water.D. Carbon dioxide.46. Eating insects ________.A. is not healthyB. makes people put on fatC. helps protect large animalsD. is environmentally friendly47. The examples of Marcel Dicke is given to show _________.A. the high cost of food productionB. it’s quite easy for farmers to raise insectsC. raising insects need less food than larger animalsD. the different ways of feeding cows and insects48. What mainly causes the long way that eating insects has to go?A. Their terrible taste.B. People’s old belief.C. Family life.D. Eating ways.49. We can infer (推断) from David and other insects experts that ______.A. people can make a lot of money from insectsB. insects should be better protectedC. people should eat more insectsD. it’s dangerous to eat insects卷Ⅱ主观题Ⅵ. VocabularyComplete each sentence with proper words. The first letter of each word is given50. I called Jenny many times, but she didn’t answer the phone. So I left her a m_____.51. After winning the first place in the FI races, Lewis Hamitton became a national c_____, almost known by everyone in Britain.52. It is difficult and dangerous for postmen to d______ mail to the mountain areas on stormy days.53. The hotel is the only white building on the road. You can’t m______ it.54. A group of students spend their summer vacation c_____ around the island to encourage (鼓励) people to ride bikes more and drive cars less.55. He did a lot for the program (项目), but his name was not m_______ at all in the meeting, which made him really angry.56. No matter what happens in our life, we should be p_____ about our future and face the problems bravely.57. Many people went crazy after r_______ their favourite film star Johnny Depp in a small fast food restaurant.58. Good health depends on (取决于) good food, proper e______, and getting enough sleep.59. We always think it nice to go out somewhere for dinner because it s_________ us time of cooking and washing up at home.60. You know the other person is right but you cannot agree with him. Have you ever been in a s______ like that?61. Alibaba’s CEO, Jack M a once said that one of his s_____ to running (运营) a company successfully is hiring (雇佣) lots of women.62. A Chinese writer paid $10,000 for a bottle of “139-year-old” whiskey at a hotel. The owner of the hotel said thank you to that wealthy c_______. 63.I had a skin d________ and my skin would turn red and flake off (剥落) on cold winter days. 64. After the quarrel (吵架), the r________ between the family members wasn’t as close as plete the sentences with the proper forms of the given words. 65. As teenagers grow up, they want to get more _______ from their parents. (independent) 66. In the US, some students get paid by looking after babies. Noa Mintz, a 16-year-old girl in the US, already has herown _______ company. (babysit)67. Last week, some doctors told students about _______ eating habits. (health)68. When someone ______ you to an important party, it is not polite if you don’t answer the _____ because it could cause trouble for the host. (invite)69. In America, women tie yellow ribbons (丝带) to trees to show their _______ to their husbands who died in wars. (remember)70. A city should try to preserve (保存) its old, ________ buildings because they can tell people their ancestors’ (祖先的) stories without words. (history)71. “Music and the Bra in is a program (计划) that helps children develop their brains and become more ____ through music,” the program _______ Lisha Lercari said. (create)72. The Nobel Prize usually goes to doctors, writers or scientists. But Bob Dylan became the first _____ in the Nobel’s 115-year history to win the Nobel Prize in Literature (文学). (music)Ⅶ. Sentence transformation73. I’d like to live an active life without any stress. (改为同义句)I’d like to live an active and ________ life.74. Will they go to the party, too? (改为同义句)Will they go to the party __________ ___________?75. We have got some tomatoes in the fridge. (改为否定句)We ______ ______ ______ tomatoes in the fridge.76. Simon had to stay in the classroom after school. (对划线部分提问)What _______ Simon ________ _________ ______ after school?Ⅷ. Complete each sentence according to the Chinese given.77. 点一份加草莓酱的双球冰淇淋怎么样啊?What about ______ a________ ice cream _______ strawberry ______?78. 通常,油炸食品对身体是没有好处的,因为在烹饪时使用太多油可能造成心脏问题.所以我们要避免吃炸鱼、薯条和诸如此类的东西.______ ________, fried food ______ good _______ the body because using ________ _________ oil in cooking may cause ________ _______. So we must ______ ________ fried fish, chips and ______.Ⅸ. Choose a proper phrase to complete each sentence and change the form if necessary.79. Jeffery often goes to his grandparents’ to ________. He doesn’t want them to feel lonely.80. —Who called just now?—I don’t know. It _______ Mr Jiang.81. The sports meet last year ____________ in the Olympics Center. Students from all grades attended this great event that day.82. Mrs White is living a tiring life because his son always ______.83. They were criticized (批评) by the headteacher because of __________ that poor guy with only one leg.Ⅹ. Fill in the blanks with proper words. The first letter of each word is given.Having a Christmas tree in your home is one of the best parts of Christmas. There are many fun Christmast___84___ traditions (传统).Picking out a tree is one of the first things you can do. Families will g___85___ together and go to a tree farm to pick out their favorite tree. Every tree is unique (独一无二的), so it’s fun to discuss this with family memb ers and find the best one. Some tree farms will cut the tree d___86___ for you; o___87___ farms will make you do it yourself.After you bring the tree h___88___, it’s time to decorate (装饰) it. You can hand strings of little lights on the tree, as well as bulbs or even small pieces of candy and fruit.But there is also some debate (辩论) about Christmas trees—whether r___89___ trees are better than “fake (假的)” trees. Many say fake trees are more convenient—they don’t n___90___ to be watered and they can be stored and re-used for many y___91___. They also cheaper than real trees. But people who prefer real trees say that these trees are better for the environment. Fake trees are made out of plastic (塑料). They can last longer, but if thrown away, they will be b___92___ for the environment. Also, real trees have a pleasant smell. It is nice to walk into your home and s ___93___ the scent (气味) of a real pine tree after a long day at school.What kind of tree would you choose?Ⅺ. Writing94.Please write a short passage within 60 words about a club that you would like to join most and what activities you would like to do in the club.__________________________________________________________________________________________答案与解析卷Ⅰ客观题Ⅰ. Listening comprehension第一节听下面十段对话.每段对话后面有一个小题.从题中所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳选项.每段对话听一遍.1. What’s the weather like in Kate’s city?A. Snowy.B. Rainy.C. Windy.D. Sunny.2. What is the boy going to do first?A. Swimming.B. Skating.C. Shopping.D. Surfing.3. When is Tom’s birthday?A. Sept. 27th.B. Sept. 28th.C. Sept. 29th.D. Sept. 30th.4. Which country does the woman want to visit?A. England.B. America.C. Canada.D. France.5. How does the boy go to school every day?A. By car.B. By subway.C. By bike.D. By bus.6. What is John’s telephone number?A. 85067789.B. 85066789.C. 85066798.D. 85067778.7. Where are the two speakers?A. At home.B. At the bus stop.C. In a shop.D. In the police station.8. Who runs the fastest?A. Lucy.B. Tom.C. Mary.D. Kate.9. What will David give to Lisa for her birthday?A. A card.B. A book.C. A cake.D. A dress.10. What does the woman mean?A. She doesn’t care about it.B. She has no more pens.C. She doesn’t have enough pens.D. She has enough pens for both of them.第二节听下面两段对话.每段对话后面有几个小题.从题中所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳选项.每段对话听两遍.听第一段对话,回答第11-12题.11. What’s the man going to do for his holiday?A. He will be on business.B. He will travel to Nanjing.C. He will travel to Dalian.D. He will stay at home.12. How long will it take him to get there?A. Less than 2 hours.B. 2 hours.C. 2 hours and a half.D. Over 2 hours.听第二段对话,回答第13-15题.13. What are they talking about?A. The weather of the weekend.B. Going swimming at the weekend.C. Their plans for the weekend.D. Going shopping at the weekend.14. What will the weather be like at the weekend?A. Sunny.B. Rainy.C. Cloudy.D. Snowy.15. Whom would Millie like to go shopping with?A. Her sister.B. Her brother.C. Her aunt.D. Her cousin.第三节听下面一段短文,回答第16-20题.从题中所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳选项.短文听两遍.16. How old is Peter?A. 13.B. 14.C. 15.D. 16.17. What is he interested in doing?A. Making more money.B. Finding a good job.C. Reading books.D. Sending newspapers.18. Why did he want to look for a job?A. Because he had a lot of free time.B. Because he wanted to buy some books.C. Because he didn’t want to go to school.D. Because he wanted to make a lot of money.19. What is Peter’s first job?A. To buy newspapers.B. To send newspapers.C. To sell newspapers.D. To read newspapers.20. Which of the following is true?A. Peter’s family is rich.B. Peter lives far away from the school.C. Peter can get only 5 dollars an hour now.D. Peter can get only 3 dollars an hour now.Ⅱ. Multiple choice1.Let's look at the bag. Can you see _____“s” on the corner of_____ bag?A. a; aB. a; theC. an; aD. an; the【答案】D【解析】【详解】句意:让我们看看这个包.你能在包的角落看到“s”吗?考查冠词用法.表示事物的类别用不定冠词a或an,辅音因素前用a,元音因素前用an,字母S第一个音是元音,故第一个空填an;表示特指某个事物用定冠词the,后半句特指包的角落,故在bag前用定冠词the,故选D.【点睛】冠词a,an和the的区别.在英文中,应注意冠词的使用,它们通常用于名词之前,对名词进行限定,表示数量一或事物类别通常用不定冠词,辅音因素前用a,元音因素前用an,如a book和an egg,在英文中特别所指的事物或第二次出现的事物通常用定冠词the,注意它们的使用和区别.2.Santa jumped into the house through the chimney (烟囱) ______ a lot of gifts ______ his bag.A. had; inB. with; inC. with; onD. had; on【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意:圣诞老人背着装有许多礼物的包通过烟囱跳进了屋子里.考查介词.had有,但是是动词,由于前面已经有谓语动词jumped,所以不能再次出现谓语动词,只能用介词with来表达“有”的意思.in在……里面;on在……上面.gifts是礼物的意思,所以是在包里,故选B.3.—Mum, I’m thirsty! How much Cola do we still have in the fridge?—__________, I’m afraid. You’d better drink something else.A. NoneB. No oneC. NothingD. No【答案】A【解析】【详解】句意:——妈妈,我好渴!在冰箱里我们还有多少可乐啊?——恐怕没了.你最好喝一些其他的. 考查不定代词.none表示数量上的没有;no one没有人;nothing没有东西;no没有,用于回答一般疑问句.由于是问how much,在问数量,故选A.4.He couldn’t buy anything to eat because he had _______ money with him.A. a fewB. fewC. a littleD. little【答案】D【解析】【详解】句意:他买不了任何吃的因为他身上几乎没钱.考查代词.a few一些,后跟可数名词复数;few几乎没有,后跟可数名词复数;a little一些,后跟不可数名词;little几乎没有,后跟不可数名词.由于后面是money,是不可数名词,而且前面说是买不起吃的,所以是没有钱,故选D.5.The phrase “awkward chat (尬聊)” means conversations with _______ people. And even if you feel _____, you can’t stop them.A. boring; boringB. boring; boredC.bored; boringD. bored; bored 【答案】B 【解析】【详解】句意:短语“尬聊”意思是和无聊的人谈话.即使你感到无聊,你也阻止不了他们.考查形容词辨析.boring令人厌烦的,侧重客观印象,比如sth./sb.is boring,某物/某人让人感到无聊.bored 感到无聊,侧重主观感受.根据句意,应为boring people无聊的人,feel bored感到无聊,故选B.【点睛】以-ing结尾的形容词不仅仅是用来修饰物的,应该强调的是给人的印象、感受.例如本题,虽然修饰的是people,但是这里应该表达给人的感受是无聊的,所以要用boring.6.Whenever I want to start work on something, a ________ in me tells me that I won’t do it well. What should I do?A. noiseB. songC. soundD. voice【答案】D【解析】【详解】句意:无论何时我想开始从事什么,内心总有一个声音告诉我我是做不好的.我应该怎么办?考查名词辨析.noise噪音,不可数名词;song歌曲;sound声音,指大自然中可以听到的声音;voice嗓音,声音,可以指人的声音,也可以指鸟叫,也还用于比喻.这里根据句意,应该是指自我内心的抽象的声音,故选D.7.It’s not good for the old people to eat too much watermelon because it _______ a lot of sugar.A. makesB. containsC. consists ofD. produces【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意:对于老人来说,吃太多的西瓜是不好的,因为西瓜中含有很多糖分.考查动词辨析.make制造;contain包含;consist of由……组成;produce生产.根据句意,西瓜是本身含有糖分,整体包含部分.故选B.8.My parents always get me ______ different kinds of fruits and vegetables, though I hate eating some of them.A. to eatB. eatC. eatingD. eats【答案】A【解析】【详解】句意:我的父母总是让我吃各种水果和蔬菜,尽管其中有些我很讨厌吃.考查固定搭配.get sb. to do 使得某人做某事,不定式作宾补.故选A.9.—Daniel, why are you late again? The movie _______ 15 minutes ago!—Sorry, I _____ to. I was trapped (困住) in the subway.A. starts; meanB. started; meantC. started; didn’t meanD. starts; don’t mean【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意:——丹尼尔,你为什么又迟到了?这部电影十五分钟前就开始了!——对不起,我没打算迟到.我被困在地铁里了.考查动词时态.第一空因为有15 minutes ago,所以用一般过去时,start的过去式是规则的,直接加ed;mean to do打算做某事,根据前面sorry可知,我是不打算迟到的,所以要用否定形式,但是后面I was trapped (困住) in the subway可知,实际上我迟到了,不打算迟到是过去发生的,也需要用一般过去时,故选C.10.Look! The Chinese national basketball team ________ a face-to-face interview with their fans in the hall. How excited the fans are!A. is havingB. are havingC. haveD. has【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意:看!中国篮球国家队在礼堂里和他们的粉丝正在进行面对面的访谈.粉丝们多么激动啊!考查动词时态.前面有look,所以要用现在进行时.the Chinese national basketball team是集合名词,根据后面的interview可知,是人进行采访,所以谓语动词要用复数形式,故选B.【点睛】集合名词要注意,指集体时谓语用单数,指集体里的人时,谓语用复数,需要根据上下文语境来理解.这里根据a face-to-face interview with their fans可知是队员在进行采访,故谓语用复数.11.You don’t need to worry about (担忧) your son. __________, he is already an adult.A. On the other handB. Not a nice thing to sayC. To be honestD. After all【答案】D【解析】【详解】句意:你不必担忧你的儿子.毕竟他已经是一个成年人了.考查短语辨析.on the other hand在另一方面;not a nice thing to say不好说;to be honest老实说;after all毕竟.根据句意,毕竟儿子已经成年了,所以让你不要担心,故选D.12.—Doesn’t Frank like staying at home and looking after his little sister?—_______, but he ________ because both of his parents work.A. Yes; has toB. No; has toC. Yes; doesn’t have toD. No; doesn’t have to【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意:——难道弗莱克不喜欢待在家里照顾他的小妹妹吗?——是的,但是他不得不这么做因为他的父母都去工作了.考查一般疑问句.has to不得不;doesn’t have to不必.根据后面的both of his parents work可知,弗兰克不得不在家照顾妹妹.而且but表示转折,跟前面表述的是相反的,问句是一个否定式的一般疑问句,回答“No+否定句”,no翻译成“是的”.故选B.13.Work hard, believe in yourself ______ you will make some progress.A. butB. soC. andD. then【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意:努力工作,相信你自己,你将会取得一些进步.考查连词辨析.but但是,表转折;so所以,表结果;and并且,表顺承;then然后.由“努力工作,相信自己”,和后面的“取得进步”可知,两者之间是顺承关系,故选C.14.—I’m terribly sorry that my son broke your vase at your home yesterday.—________. Young kids sometimes are careless and they are energetic all the time.A. AbsolutelyB. Never mindC. That’s rightD. It was nothing【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意:——我很抱歉我的儿子昨天在你家把你的花瓶打碎了.——没关系.小孩子有时会比较粗心而且他们一直精力充沛.考查情景交际.Absolutely当然;Never mind没关系,用于道歉;That’s rig ht那是对的;It was nothing这没什么,用于感谢.上文是在进行道歉,所以回答没关系,故选B.Ⅲ.Find out the incorrect one of the four underlined parts.15. Gloria asked the doctor don’t tell her mother how ill she was. She didn’t want them to spend much money on her.16. Some sports hobbies cost quite a lot of money. Such as, we need to buy sneakers (运动鞋) to go running.17. Almost everyone in our school likes that 8-months-old cat. Some students play with it for some time at noon.18. If you look for someone with enough medical knowledge (医学知识) to work the question out, she is the right person to make it possibly.19. If you look at the successful people in our community (社区), you may find that the only thing they have in the common is that they want something and they go and get it.20. He thought he could make a friend with Jenny by leaving her a present at her house every day. Jenny didn’t think so, though.21. —When can I go out to play football, Mum?—You’d better finish your homework first or I don’t let you to go out.22. Half of the students in the classroom finished the exercises. The teacher gave other students another five minutes to finish them.23. I stayed in New York for one month in 2014. While I was there, my host family tried to cook anything different for me every day.24. Families in China celebrate (庆祝) the Spring Festival with different ways. Some get together to enjoy big。
2020-2021学年第一学期期末测试牛津译林版七年级英语试题听力A)听对话回答问题, 将正确选项填涂在答题卡相应位置.(读两遍) 1. What is the woman?A. B. C.2. What does Wang Hong usually do in the evening? A. B. C.3. When is the boy's father's birthday? A. B. C.4. What sport does Tom like? A. B. C.5. How long does Sandy read English every morning?A. For two hours.B. For an hour.C. For 30 minutes.6. What's Tim's favourite subject?A. Art.B. Maths.C. English.7. Whose football is under the chair?A. Daniel'sB. Simon's.C. Tom's.8. Who's the girl in a hat?A. Tom's sister.B. Tom's friend.C. Tom's sister's friend.9. Where does Daniel sit?A. Near the door.B. In front of Simon.C. Behind Simon.10. Who isn't in the school football team?A. Peter.B. Simon.C. Millie.B) 听对话和短文回答问题, 将正确选项填涂在答题卡的相应位置.(听两遍)听第1段材料, 回答第11-12小题.11. What club is the boy in?A. The Dancing Club.B. The Drawing Club.C. The Singing Club.12. How often does the boy go to the club?A. Twice a week.B. Three times a week.C. Every day.听第2段材料, 回答第13-15小题.请根据短文内容选择正确答案, 完成信息记录表.13. A. doing some housework B. doing her homework C. doing some cleaning14. A. watching TV B. reading a book C. playing computer games15. A. some stickers B. his balls C. his teddy bear听第3段材料, 回答第16-20小题.16. What is the writer talking about`?A. A healthy diet.B. A shopping mall.C. His fashion design.17. How many clothes does he design?A. Six.B. Five.C. Four.18. What are the trousers made of?A. They are made of wool.B. They are made of leather.C. They are made of cotton.19. Is the shirt white?A. No, it's black.B. No, it's red.C. Yes, it is.20. What does the writer think of his design?A. It's very lovely.B. It's very smart.C. It's very cool.单项选择1.We'll have __________long holiday next month.A. theB. anC. aD. 不填2.Which of the underlined letters "oo" has a different sound?A. footB. noonC. coolD. tooth3.Amy thinks hamburgers are not good for health, so she ____________eats them.A. seldomB. alwaysC. usuallyD. often4.The trousers __________me well and I want to find a pair of trainers to __________them.A. fit; fitB. match; matchC. fit; matchD. match; fit5.These cotton dresses are very beautiful, but the __________is high.A. sizeB. styleC. colourD. price6.Look! The young girl is dressing up __________ an old woman in a black coat.A. inB. ofC. asD. on7.Which of the following words has two syllables(音节)?A. pieceB. darkC. hamburgerD. lady8.——Don't shout, Amy. Your father in the study.----Sorry,Mum.A. worksB. is workingC. will workD. worked9.Don't worry about Tom! He is __________his young sister.A. big enough to look afterB. old enough to look afterC. big enough to look atD. old enough to look at10.-___________ coat do you like best of all the coats, Sandy?- The red one.A. WhereB. WhatC. WhoseD. Which11.--- Look, the iPhone X is so cool! How much does it ______?--- Less than 10,000 yuan. I don’t think it’s a good idea to ____ so much on a phone.A. cost; costB. spend; spendC. cost; spendD. spend; cost12.The mall near my home___________ from 9:00 a.m. to 9:00 p.m. every day and is always full of people.A. is openB. opensC. is closedD. closes13.– I want to buy my mum a present for her birthday, but I don't have money with me.-Oh, I have some pocket money and I can __________ you some.A. takeB. borrowC. lendD. bring14.-What do you think of your history teacher?-He is so funny. He often makes his students ____________.A. laughB. to laughC. laughingD. laughs15.-Wanda Plaza is a good place to meet friends.- __________. We often have fun there.A. All right.B. That's all right.C. That's right.D. You're welcome.完形填空Mark and Sophie are good friends. They both like animals.It is Sunday today. It's warm and ___16___, so they decide to take a walk to the city zoo.When they reach, they first go to the ___17___ cage. They want to see a new lion. She is there ___18___ only three weeks. She is very beautiful. She has big brown eyes. When the lion ____19____Mark and Sophie, she opens her big mouth and shows her ___20___ to them.Sophie asks Mark to go to the monkeys' area. She buys bananas and feeds them slowly. They are very funny. They___21___ up and down a lot.Then they go to the snakes'(蛇的)area. Sophie feels afraid. She doesn't like snakes. So she doesn't want to be there. But Mark is ___22___. He isn't afraid at all. He walks close to the cage and, ___23___ hi to the snakes. At last they go to the pandas' area. They see some pandas___24___. Pandas are so cute and friendly to them.In the afternoon, they are both very tired(累的)They come back home by bus. On the way, they ___25___ the animals in the zoo. Their favourite animal is a little monkey and they also read some books about monkeys. They think he is very clever.16. A. rainy B. sunny C. snowy D. windy17. A. monkeys' B. tigers' C. birds' D. lions' 18. A. atB. inC. forD. on 19. A. finds B. sees C. getsD. hears 20. A. ears B. eyes C. paws (爪子) D. teeth21A. runB. walkC. jumpD. swim 22. A. different B. kind C. good D. nice23. A. speaksB. tellsC. talksD. says24. A. happilyB. sadlyC. quicklyD. easily25. A. talk aboutB. hear aboutC. listen toD. look at阅读理解A26. Paula gets up at 7:10 a.m. on __________ A. SaturdaysB. SundaysC. weekdaysD. weekends27. Which food does Paula eat every day?A. Eggs and meat.B. Eggs and vegetables.C. Meat and eggs.D. Vegetables and meat.28. According to the table(表格), which sentence is NOT true?A. Paula goes to bed at 9:30 p.m. on Saturday.B. Paula often has vegetables for supper.C. Paula usually has pizza for lunch.D. Paula gets up late on Saturday and Sunday.BNowadays, shopping online becomes a new way of shopping. It is getting more and more popular. Many people like doing some shopping through the Internet.Why is shopping online becoming more and more popular? First, it provides lots of advantages. There are many goods(商品)on the Internet. People can find anything they want.The price on the Internet is usually lower than that in the store. People can save some money.Second, more and more people have their own computers and they join their computers with the Internet. So it is possible for many of them to do shopping through the Internet. People don't need to go to the shop themselves. They can save a lot of time.However, every coin has two sides. Customers(顾客)can only see the pictures of the goods on the Internet. And they can't enjoy the pleasure of buying things in a large supermarket or a wonderful shopping center. Maybe shopping online makes people boring. So some people don't like this new way of shopping. They are worried about the safety (安全)of shopping online.29. What's the meaning of underlined word "advantages" in the second paragraph(段落)?A. 折扣B. 结果C. 原料D. 优势30. From the last paragraph(段落), we know _________________.A. there are many pictures of goods onlineB. shopping online can make people happyC. people enjoy the joy of buying things in the supermarketD. some people dislike shopping on the Internet31. What's the main idea of this passage?A. All the people like going shopping online.B. A new way of shopping.C. The safety of shopping online.D. The reasons for shopping online.CA hen(母鸡)is in the kitchen now. She says to her children, "Let's make biscuits(饼干)"Her husband(丈夫), the rooster(公鸡), is reading the newspaper in the living room. The hen asks, "Can you help?" But the rooster does not want to help. He says, "No, I can't. I'm very busy! I'm reading the newspaper." The hen says to her children, "Let's get things to make biscuits." Her children say, "OK, Mum!"While the hen and her children are busy making biscuits, the rooster comes into the kitchen. The hen asks, "Can you help?" The rooster does not want to help. He says, "No, I can't. I'm hungry. I need to get something to eat now." The hen says to her children, "Let's go on our work! "Her children say, "OK, Mum!"The hen and her children take the biscuits to the yard to get dry. The rooster is in the yard too. The hen asks, "Can you help?" The rooster does not want to help. He says, "No, I can't. I'm very busy! I'm getting ready to go fishing."After a while, the hen says to her children, "The biscuits are ready to eat! Try some!" Her children say, "OK, Mum!" They eat together happily. The rooster sees the biscuits. They look very delicious. He says, "Can I have some?" The hen gives some biscuits to her children and says to the rooster, "No, you can't."32. How many times does the hen ask the rooster to help her?A. Five.B. Four.C. Three.D. Two.33. The rooster doesn't want to help his wife, because________________.A. he is busy reading his newspaperB. he is very hungryC. he is getting ready to go fishingD. he is very lazy34. According to the passage, which sentence is NOT true?A. The hen and her children make the biscuits in the kitchen.B. The hen and her children take the biscuits to the yard.C.The hen and her children eat the biscuits together.D. The hen gives some biscuits to her husband to eat. 35. What's the best title of the passage? A. The hen and her family. B. The hen and her husband. C. The rooster and his children. D. The hen in the kitchen. 词汇运用根据句意, 用括号中所给词的正确形式填空, 每空一词. 36. We never forget these ____________ (hero) names in the War of Resistance Against Japan (抗日战争).37. Helen enjoys _______________ (sing) songs in her free time.38. Ladies and ______________ (gentleman), welcome to our school!39. I have _________________(swim) lessons every Friday.40. Every morning, my grandmother ______________ (take) the dog out for a walk with us.根据句意及汉语、音标提示, 写出单词的正确形式, 每空一词.41. The ___________(总的)number of the students in our school is 1765.42. A good breakfast always ___________(包含)milk.43. Please give me small___________ [tʃeɪndʒ] for this ten-yuan note.44. There are different _____________ [ˈrɛstrɒnts] in Zhenjiang. We can enjoy nice food.45. Please make yourself______________[ˈkʌmftəbl] while I get some coffee.句型转换46. There aren't any books on the desk.(改为同义句)There __________ __________books on the desk.47. Can I help you?(改为同义句)__________ can I do __________ you?48. Both of them like wearing trainers.(对划线部分提问)________ __________ both of them like wearing?49. My mother buys a kilo of meat from the market.(改成复数形式)My mother buys two __________of __________from the market.50. He often chats with his parents in the sitting room.(用now改写句子)He __________ __________ with his parents in the sitting room now.短文填空The first day of the month of May is May Day(五朔节).It is one of the oldest f____51____ in many Western countries., It is the time of the year w___52___ the cold winter ends and the warm weather begins. Flowers start to blossom. On this day, people c____53____ the coming of summer and express(表达)their happiness and h____54____for better months. Usually summer c____55____ in June, but May Day really shows a new beginning. People have different a____56____ on this special day.Decorating housesMay Day begins early in the morning. People usually go o____57____ before the day starts. They c____58____flowers and green plants to decorate(装饰)their houses. They believe these will bring them good luck.Washing faces with the early morning dew(露水)The morning dew of May Day is also called May dew. For young girls, the first thing to do on 1st May is to run into the garden and wash their faces with May dew. They're s____59____ May dew has magic power(魔力).I____60____ they wash their faces with it, they will be beautiful all the year.Would you like to know more about May Day? Please search online at once!任务型阅读AI am Lily I have a piece of good news to tell you. We have a new apartment. The rooms are not very large, but they are all comfortable. There are more rooms here than in our old apartment.I have my own room. It's so great! Right? In the old apartment, I must share(分享)a room with my little sister and grandmother.My bedroom is my favourite in our apartment. I can be alone in it. I can read and draw. I can listen to music. I can play games and send my friends e-mails on my computer.My second favourite room is the kitchen. I like helping my mother cook my meals. She is a very good cook and I often learn different ways of making food from her. She lived in Morocco when she was a girl, and she can cook Morocco food. It is delicious.阅读以上信息, 用恰当的词完成以下内容.每空一词.Lily's family has a new apartment. There're some rooms in it. The rooms are ___61___ but comfortable. Lily thinks the apartment is so great for her, ___62___ she has her own room and she doesn't need to share a room with her family ___63___. Her favourite rooms are kitchen and bedroom. In the bedroom, she can do anything she wants, such as ___64___ to the music and playing games. In the kitchen, her mother ___65___ her different ways of making dishes.BMum and dad are two of the most important people in your life. They influence(影响)you more than others you meet in your life. So if your mom or dad loves to read, you just might grow up carrying a book wherever you go, just like she or he does. Mums and dads care for(关心)their children from the minute they were born. So it's very important to stay close and get along(和睦相处)with them. But not every child knows how to do this. Here are some ways to help you.Spend time together. Don't play a computer game or watch TV, ask your mum and dad to play with you. Go to the cinema, or read a book out loud.Be kind. Little things might mean a lot to your mum or dad. You can make your parents happy with a hug(拥抱), a card, or a joke(笑话). It's also lovely when a child cleans his or her parents' room. And when you try not to fight with your brothers or sisters, your parents might be very happy.Do your best at whatever you do. You don't have to be perfect, but when you do your best, you make your parents proud(自豪). It makes them happy to see how you're changing into a great kid. Why? Because it lets them know you're doing a good job.阅读以上信息, 用恰当的词完成下面的表格, 每空一词.71.书面表达假如你是Mark, 你将通过发送电子邮件的方式与美国中学生Justin进行交流.请根据下面表格内的提示介绍你自己并同时将中国的春节以及新学期的个人计划介绍给Mark并期待尽快收到对方的回复.要求:1. 所写内容必须包括表格中的全部要点, 可适当发挥.2. 文章不少于80词, 开头己给出, 不计入总词数.3. 所写内容要求条理清晰、意思连贯、语法正确、字迹工整.4. 文中不得出现真实的姓名及校名.Dear Justin,My name is Mark. I'm glad to know you! _________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____Looking forward to your reply!Yours,Mark答案与解析听力A)听对话回答问题, 将正确选项填涂在答题卡相应位置.(读两遍) 1. What is the woman?A. B. C.2. What does Wang Hong usually do in the evening?A. B. C.3. When is the boy's father's birthday?A. B. C.4. What sport does Tom like?A. B. C.5. How long does Sandy read English every morning?A. For two hours.B. For an hour.C. For 30 minutes.6. What's Tim's favourite subject?A. Art.B. Maths.C. English.7. Whose football is under the chair?A. Daniel'sB. Simon's.C. Tom's.8. Who's the girl in a hat?A. Tom's sister.B. Tom's friend.C. Tom's sister's friend.9. Where does Daniel sit?A. Near the door.B. In front of Simon.C. Behind Simon.10. Who isn't in the school football team?A. Peter.B. Simon.C. Millie.B) 听对话和短文回答问题, 将正确选项填涂在答题卡的相应位置.(听两遍)听第1段材料, 回答第11-12小题.11. What club is the boy in?A. The Dancing Club.B. The Drawing Club.C. The Singing Club.12. How often does the boy go to the club?A. Twice a week.B. Three times a week.C. Every day.听第2段材料, 回答第13-15小题.请根据短文内容选择正确答案, 完成信息记录表.13. A. doing some housework B. doing her homework C. doing some cleaning14. A. watching TV B. reading a book C. playing computer games15. A. some stickers B. his balls C. his teddy bear听第3段材料, 回答第16-20小题.16. What is the writer talking about`?A. A healthy diet.B. A shopping mall.C. His fashion design.17. How many clothes does he design?A. Six.B. Five.C. Four.18. What are the trousers made of?A. They are made of wool.B. They are made of leather.C. They are made of cotton.19. Is the shirt white?A. No, it's black.B. No, it's red.C. Yes, it is.20. What does the writer think of his design?A. It's very lovely.B. It's very smart.C. It's very cool.单项选择1.We'll have __________long holiday next month.A. theB. anC. aD. 不填【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意:下个月我们将有一个长假。
2020-2021学年第一学期七年级期末调研测试英语试题(考试时间:100分钟试卷总分:100分)第Ⅰ卷(选择题部分55分)一、听力(共20小题, 每小题1分, 满分20分)A) 根据听到的内容, 选择正确的图片或正确的答案, 听两遍。
1. Which club is Millie in?A B C2. When does the girl get up at weekends?A B C3. What does Sandy want to buy for her mum?A B C4. How will the man probably(可能)go to the City Library?A B C5. Which festival is it tomorrow?A. The Dragon Boat Festival.B. The Mid-Autumn FestivalC. The Spring Festival6. Whose scarf is this?A. David's.B. Lily's.C. Lucy's7. Where is Mike now?A. At home.B. At school.C. In the street.8. How is the weather now?A. It's sunny.B. It's cloudy.C. It's rainy.9. Who will wash the clothes today?A. Father.B. Mother.C. Peter.10. What do we know from the talk?A. The man is good at cooking.B. There's nothing to eat at home.C. The woman likes to go out for dinner.B. 听下面3段对话或短文。
2020-2021学年第一学期期末测试牛津译林版七年级英语试题一、听力选择 (共15小题;每小题1分,满分15分)(请先用两分钟时间熟悉听力试题,然后再动笔答题.做题时,先将答案划在试卷上.录音内容结束后,你将有两分钟的时间将试卷上的答案转涂到答题卡上.)A) 听下面5段对话.从A、B、C三个选项中选出与你所听内容相符的选项.每段对话读两遍.1.【此处有音频,请去附件查看】What would Mr. Smith like?A. B. C.2.【此处有音频,请去附件查看】What does Simon do at eight every Friday morning?A. B. C.3.【此处有音频,请去附件查看】What is Simon’s favourite festival?A. B. C.4.【此处有音频,请去附件查看】How long is the school library open?A. For five hours.B. For eight hours.C. For nine hours.5.【此处有音频,请去附件查看】How much are the two music CDs?A. 12 yuan.B. 20 yuan.C. 40 yuan.B) 听下面2段对话,每段对话后有几个小题,从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项,每段对话读两遍.听下面一段对话,回答以下小题.【此处有音频,请去附件查看】6. What is Tom looking for?A. His book.B. His glasses.C. His computer CD.7. Who are the two speakers?A. Teacher and student.B. Mother and son.C. Friends.听下面一段对话,回答以下小题.【此处有音频,请去附件查看】8. When is Anna’s birthday?A. February 18th.B. New Year’s Day.C. February 8th.9. Where will Anna have the party?A. At home.B. In the school.C. In the restaurant.10. What presents doesn’t Anna often get at her birthday?A. Some birthday cards.B. Some school things.C. Some sports shoes.C) 听下面的短文,短文后有五个小题,从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项,短文读两遍.【此处有音频,请去附件查看】11. Where does Kate work?A.In a shop.B. In a school.C. On a bus. 12. What does she have for breakfast? A. Some bread and milk. B. Some cakes and milk. C. Some chocolates and Coke.13. How does she go to work?A. By bike.B. On foot.C. By bus.14. How many hours does she work on a weekday?A. Nine.B. Eight.C. Six.15. What does she like?A. New shoes.B. New clothes.C. New school.二、选择填空 (共25小题:每小题1分,满分25分)A) 单项填空从A、B、C、D四个选项中,选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项,并在答题卡上将该项涂黑.16.----My son seldom has ______ breakfast.----It is ______ unhealthy habit. You must ask him to change it.A. /, anB. /, aC. the, anD. the, a17.My brother with my parents ______ shopping every week.A. goB. goingC. to goD. goes18.My mother often ______ me ______ dinner for the family at weekends.A. make; cooksB. makes; cookC. make; cookingD. makes; cooks19.My father is always busy ______ his work. He has no time ______ me.A.doing; to play andB. with; playing withC. with; to play withD. to do; to play with20.The iPhone 6s is not ________ and I don't have to buy it.A. cheap enough; enough moneyB. expensive enough; money enoughC. enough cheap; enough moneyD. enough expensive; money enough21.–How long may I_______ your bike?-For a week. But you can't_______ it to others.A. borrow; lendB. keep; lendC. lend; borrowD. keep; borrow22.Simon wears a pair of ______.A. long black leather bootsB. black leather long bootsC. 1eather long black bootsD. black long leather boots23.We ______ half an hour ______ in the playground after class.A. spend;to practise runningB. take;to practise to runC. spend;practising runningD. take;to practise running24.Everyone except them ______ good at ______.A. are; runningB. is; runingC. are; runD. is; running25.The green dress is not so long. I don't think it_______me.A. fitB. fitsC. matchD. matches26.She usually ______ music ______ free time.A. listens to; in herB. listens; in herC. hears; in herD. hear; in her27.I like to talk my father basketball after school.A. about; aboutB. about; withC. with; withD. with; about28.I often go to school by bike, but ______ I go on foot.A. some timesB. some timeC. sometimesD. never29.—What’s your brother like? — .A. He likes readingB. He is tallC. He is a studentD. He is 1330.—We’ll have a school trip to Suzhou Museum next week.—. And I’m sure you'll learn a lot.A. Have fun B. Cheer up C. Best wishes D. Never mindB) 完形填空先通读下面的短文,掌握其大意,然后在每小题的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳选项,并在答题卡上将该项涂黑.For school students,making a homework plan(计划) is important. It can help you do your homework well.First, be sure(确定) to understand ___31___ your teachers want you to do. Write it down in your notebook if you need to,and be sure to ask questions about your ___32___ if you really don't understand. It's much easier to take a minute to ask the teacher in or after class than to think ___33___all the night!Second,use any free time ___34___ to work on your homework. Many schools have study rooms. It's___35___ to play with your friends and classmates after class at school,but the more work you do in school, the less you'll have to do at ___36___.Third, pace(调整) yourself. If you don't finish your homework at school,___37___ how much homework you have and what else is going on that day, and then plan your time. Most school students have between 1 and 1.5___38___ of homework a night. If it's not a hard homework day, you can ___39___yourself more, or you'll have to say ___40___ to your game shows or films on TV.31. A. when B. what C. how D. where32. A. plan B. wish C. homework D. time33. A. hard B. easy C. happy D. lucky34. A. in the classroom B. at home C. in the playground D. in the restaurant35. A. sorry B. interesting C. helpful D. important36. A. morning B. afternoon C. night D. weekend37. A. talk about B. ask for C. learn from D. think about38. A. minutes B. hours C. days D. weeks39. A. help B. teach C. look after D. enjoy40. A. yes B. OK C. sorry D. please三、阅读理解 (共12小题;每小题2分,满分24分)阅读下列短文,从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C、D)中,选出最佳选项,并在答题卡上将该项涂黑.ADear Frank,In your last letter, you asked me about meals in English homes. Now let me tell you something about it.In many English homes, people eat four meals a day: breakfast, lunch, afternoon tea and dinner.People have breakfast at any time from seven to nine in the morning. They eat vegetables, eggs and bread. English people drink tea or coffee at breakfast.Lunch comes at one o’clock. Afternoon tea is from four to five in the afternoon, and dinner is at about half past seven. First, they have soup, then they have meat or fish with vegetables. After that, they eat some fruits like bananas, apples or oranges. But not all English people like those fruits. Some of them have their dinner in the middle of the day. Their meals are breakfast, dinner and afternoon tea. All these meals are very simple.I hope you can visit England someday.Yours,Eric41. How many meals do many English people have every day?A. One.B. Two.C. Three.D. Four.42. What do English people eat for breakfast?A. Vegetables, eggs and bread.B. Juice or coffee.C. Soup or meat.D. Fruit and porridge.43. One o’clock in the afternoon is time for ________.A. breakfastB. 1unchC. afternoon teaD. dinner44. Which is NOT true about the dinner?A. It is at about half past seven.B. People have soup, meat or fish.C. All English people like bananas, apples and oranges.D. Some English people have dinner in the middle of the day.BWhen tea and coffee were first introduced to Europe in the 18th century, people had different ideas about their use.Some said that tea and coffee were harmful to humans and they could cause (引起)people to die.In Sweden(瑞典), King Gustaf Ⅲ decided to find out whether or not this was true.It happened that there were two brothers in prison at that time.They were twins and were almost alike in every way.They had both been sentenced to death (判处死刑).The King decided to let them live if one of the men agreed to drink several cups of tea each day and the other several cups of coffee.Both brothers lived many years without problems of any kind.At last,the brother who had drunk tea every day died at the age of 83,the other died a few years later.Because of the experiment(实验), tea and coffee got accepted (接受) and became popular as drink in Sweden, and it is one of the many countries of the world where much tea and coffee is drunk today.45. Tea and coffee were first introducd to Europe in_______.A. the eighteenth centuryB. the eighteen centuryC. eighteenth centuriesD. eighteen centuries46.What does the word harmful mean in Chinese?---It means________. A. 有趣的 B. 苦涩无味的 C. 有害的 D. 可口的47. The brother who had drunk tea every day lived______. A. until he was over 83 B. until he was 83 C. until the other had been dead for several years D. until he had drunk tea for a few years 48. Today the Swedish drink_________. A. much more coffee than tea B. much tea and coffee C. little tea and coffee D. much tea but little coffee C There is a new rule (规定) for students. They need to run 1,500 metres each day. How do they like the new rule ? Are they ready to run?Wang Tao:I’m 12 years old. I’m from Beijing. As Grade 8 students, we usually run 50 metres,200 metres or 400 metres in PE class, but never 1,500 metres. But I think the new rule is a good idea. It can help us keep fit. Running can also make us active (活跃的) in the daytime.Liu Tao:I’m 13 years old. I ’m from Dalian. Many students worry about the new rule. We only run 400 metres in PE class. Some students say that they may feel tired and sleepy in class after running. But I am OK with it. I can run 1,000 metres in 3 minutes.Shi Ming:I’m 14 years old. I’m from Qingdao. Students in our school run 600 metres in Grade 7 and 800 metres in Grade 8 in PE class. In winter, we run about four laps(圈) each day. That is close to 1,500 metres. I think it’s good for us.49. Which of the following doesn’t Wang Tao run in PE class?A. 50 metres.B. 200 metres.C. 400 metres.D. 1,500 metres.50. Wang Tao thinks running can make students .A. healthy and activeB. beautiful and healthyC. strong and activeD. tall and strong51. What does the underlined word “sleep y ” mean(意思是) in Chinese?A. 兴奋的B. 健康的C. 开心的D. 困倦的52. Which of the following is TRUE(正确的) according to the passage ?A.Wang Tao is a Grade 7 student.B. Shi Ming runs about 1,000 metres each day in winter.C. Wang Tao and Liu Tao live in different cities.D. Shi Ming runs 800 metres in Grade 7 in PE class. 四、阅读表达 (共3小题;满分6分,分别为1,2,3分) Do you know anything about the way of shopping in Western countries? In the West, people usually make a listbefore they go shopping. Most people like to go to supermarkets or big shopping malls.In the West, most supermarkets or malls open at 8:00 a.m. and close at 6:00 p.m. But some big supermarkets and big malls are open until 11:00 p.m. at night. When people go into a supermarket, first they should get a basket or a cart(手推车) at the entrance(入口处). Then they begin to choose things and put them into the basket or the cart. After they get everything they want, they pay the money. There are always a lot of people in the supermarket at weekends. They must wait for their turn.Most people go to the supermarket or the shopping mall once a week. Some people go shopping twice or three times a week.53. How often do most people in the West go shopping?_______________________________________________54. Where do most people like going shopping in the West?_______________________________________________55. Do you like going shopping at weekends? Why?_______________________________________________五、词汇检测 (共10小题;每小题1分,满分10分)根据所给汉语,在答题卡标有题号的横线上,写出空缺处各单词的正确形式.每空一词.56. We must remember all the ____ (英雄的) names.57. Do you know today is a ____ (特别的) day?58. The colour of the hair clip ____ (匹配) that of the coat.59. Kitty’s clothes are ____ (受欢迎) among the students in her school.60. — What do you think of the ____ (活动) at school?— They are very interesting.61. I want to eat a big meal. Let’s go to the ____ (饭店).62. The ____ (总的) number of Grade 7 students is 500 in our school63. — I am getting fat. How can I lose weight (减肥) ?— To be ____ (健康), you should do more exercise.64. — What are your ____?— Oh, I have many, like singing, swimming and playing basketball.65. — I want to ____ my holiday on the beach of the sea.— Wish you a happy time.六、句子翻译 (共5小题;每小题2分,满分10分)将下列句子译成英语,并将所译句子写在横线上.66. 现在,我和家人一起住在苏州._____________________________________________67. 每天游泳能使我们健康强壮._____________________________________________68. 你能带领我们参观那些教学楼吗?_____________________________________________69. 那个红头发的女孩经常捉弄她的同学们._____________________________________________70. 博物馆是个参观的好地方._____________________________________________七、书面表达 (共1题;满分10分)71.寒假将至,同学们即将迎来一个快乐的寒假.你的同学Sandy通常是这样度过寒假的,请你介绍一下Sandy的寒假生活.注意:1. 词数80左右.短文的开头已为你写好,不计入总词数;2. 短文须包括所有要点,不要逐词翻译,可适当发挥,使短文连贯、通顺.Sandy's winter holidayHello, I'm happy to tell you something about Sandy's winter holiday.________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ______________________答案与解析一、听力选择 (共15小题;每小题1分,满分15分)(请先用两分钟时间熟悉听力试题,然后再动笔答题.做题时,先将答案划在试卷上.录音内容结束后,你将有两分钟的时间将试卷上的答案转涂到答题卡上.)A) 听下面5段对话.从A、B、C三个选项中选出与你所听内容相符的选项.每段对话读两遍.1.【此处有音频,请去附件查看】What would Mr. Smith like?A. B. C.【答案】B【解析】2.【此处有音频,请去附件查看】What does Simon do at eight every Friday morning?A. B. C.【答案】A【解析】3.【此处有音频,请去附件查看】What is Simon’s favourite festival?A. B. C.【答案】A【解析】4.【此处有音频,请去附件查看】How long is the school library open?A. For five hours.B. For eight hours.C. For nine hours.【答案】C【解析】5.【此处有音频,请去附件查看】How much are the two music CDs?A. 12 yuan.B. 20 yuan.C. 40 yuan.【答案】B【解析】B) 听下面2段对话,每段对话后有几个小题,从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项,每段对话读两遍.听下面一段对话,回答以下小题.【此处有音频,请去附件查看】6. What is Tom looking for?A. His book.B. His glasses.C. His computer CD.7. Who are the two speakers?A. Teacher and student.B. Mother and son.C. Friends.【答案】6. C 7. B【解析】听下面一段对话,回答以下小题.【此处有音频,请去附件查看】8. When is Anna’s birthday?A. February 18th.B. New Year’s Day.C. February 8th.9. Where will Anna have the party?A. At home.B. In the school.C. In the restaurant.10. What presents doesn’t Anna often get at her birthday?A. Some birthday cards.B. Some school things.C. Some sports shoes.【答案】8. A 9. C 10. C【解析】C) 听下面的短文,短文后有五个小题,从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项,短文读两遍.【此处有音频,请去附件查看】11. Where does Kate work?A. In a shop.B. In a school.C. On a bus.12. What does she have for breakfast?A. Some bread and milk.B. Some cakes and milk.C. Some chocolates and Coke.13. How does she go to work?A. By bike.B. On foot.C. By bus.14. How many hours does she work on a weekday?A. Nine.B. Eight.C. Six.15. What does she like?A. New shoes.B. New clothes.C. New school.【答案】11. B 12. A 13. C 14. C 15. B【解析】二、选择填空 (共25小题:每小题1分,满分25分)A) 单项填空从A、B、C、D四个选项中,选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项,并在答题卡上将该项涂黑.16.----My son seldom has ______ breakfast.----It is ______ unhealthy habit. You must ask him to change it.A. /, anB. /, aC. the, anD. the, a【答案】A【详解】句意:--我的儿子很少吃早饭.--那是一个不健康的习惯,你必须请他改正.表示三餐前一般不用冠词,have+三餐;故排除BD;第二空因为habit是可数名词的单数,所以用不定冠词,表示类别,不表示特指,又因为unhealthy是以元音音素开头的单词,故用an;故选A.【点睛】元音音素前用an,辅音音素前用a.注意:用an或者a看的是音素,而不是字母.unhealthy发音是元音开头的.17.My brother with my parents ______ shopping every week.A. goB. goingC. to goD. goes【答案】D【解析】句意:我哥哥和我父母每周都去 .考查动词形式辨析题.go shopping去购物,固定短语;根据句意和语境,可知选D.18.My mother often ______ me ______ dinner for the family at weekends.A. make; cooksB. makes; cookC. make; cookingD. makes; cooks【答案】B【解析】句意:我妈妈经常让我在周末为家人做晚餐.考查动词和固定短语辨析题.often 经常,用于一般现在时;make sb. do sth.让某人做某事;my mother是三单人称,动词需用三单形式;根据句意结构和语境,可知选B.19.My father is always busy ______ his work. He has no time ______ me.A. doing; to play andB. with; playing withC. with; to play withD. to do; to play with【答案】C【解析】句意:我父亲总是忙于他的工作.他没有时间陪我玩.考查介词和动词形式辨析题.be busy with sth.= be busy doing sth.忙于(做)某事,固定结构,可排除D选项.have no time to do sth.没有时间做某事,固定短语.play with sb.和……一起玩,可排除A.根据句意结构和语境,可知选C.20.The iPhone 6s is not ________ and I don't have to buy it.A. cheap enough; enough moneyB. expensive enough; money enoughC. enough cheap; enough moneyD. enough expensive; money enough【答案】A句意:iPhone 6S不是足够便宜,是我没有足够的钱买它.考查形容词短语辨析题.enough足够的,形容词,后接名词;与形容词连用时,enough需后置;根据句意和语境,可知选A.21.–How long may I_______ your bike?-For a week. But you can't_______ it to others.A. borrow; lendB. keep; lendC. lend; borrowD. keep; borrow【答案】B【解析】句意:——我能借你的自行车多长时间?——一周,但是你不能把它借给别人.borrow借入(短暂性动词,不能表示一段时间);lend借出(短暂性动词,不能表示一段时间);keep借(延续性动词,可以和一段时间连用);故选B22.Simon wears a pair of ______.A. long black leather bootsB. black leather long bootsC. 1eather long black bootsD. black long leather boots【答案】A【解析】句意:西蒙穿着一双黑色长皮靴.考查形容词顺序辨析题.long长的;black黑色的;leather皮革的.名词需用形容词修饰,而且可以使用多个形容词,其顺序是(物主)+长度+颜色+材质+名词.根据句意结构和语境,可知选A.23.We ______ half an hour ______ in the playground after class.A. spend;to practise runningB. take;to practise to runC. spend;practising runningD. take;to practise running【答案】C【解析】句意:下课后我们花半小时在操场上跑步.考查动词形式辨析题.spend 和take都可以表示“花费时间”,但前者的主语必须是人,而take后面常跟双宾语,常用于 It takes sb. +some time+to do sth. 和doing sth. takes sb. +some time结构.spend some time doing sth.花费时间做某事;practise doing练习做某事;都是固定短语.根据句意和语境,可知选C.24.Everyone except them ______ good at ______.A. are; runningB. is; runingC. are; runD. is; running【答案】D【解析】句意:除了他们,每个人都擅长跑步.考查系词和动词形式辨析题.except除……以外,指不包含所排出的对象;everyone每个人,强调个体,三单人称,系词需用is,可排除AC两项.be good at擅长做某事,介词at 后接名词或动名词,run是重读闭音节,其动名词形式需双写词尾的u再加ing;根据句意和语境,可知选D.25.The green dress is not so long. I don't think it_______me.A. fitB. fitsC. matchD. matches【答案】B【解析】句意:这件绿色的裙子不是很长,我认为它不适合我.fit适合;fits是第三人称单数形式;match搭配;matches 第三人称单数形式.根据句意The green dress is not so long可知,这里指裙子的大小不适合,主语it是单数,故应选B.26.She usually ______ music ______ free time.A. listens to; in herB. listens; in herC. hears; in herD. hear; in her【答案】A【解析】句意:她通常在空闲时间听音乐.考查动词辨析题.listen和hear都表示“听”,但前者强调听的动作,常与介词to连用,后接宾语;而后者是及物动词,强调听的结果,直接接宾语.根据句意和语境,可知选A.点睛:本题虽然有两个空,但四个选项中的第二个答案都是in her(free time),因此考查的是listen和hear 的区别用法.掌握了listen和hear的不同用法,正确选择就不是问题. 27.I like to talk my father basketball after school. A. about; about B. about; with C. with; with D. with; about 【答案】D【解析】句意:放学后我喜欢和爸爸谈论篮球.考查动词短语辨析题.talk with sb. about sth.和某人谈论某事,固定短语;根据句意结构和语境,可知选D.28.I often go to school by bike, but ______ I go on foot.A. some timesB. some timeC. sometimesD. never【答案】C【解析】句意:我经常骑自行车上学,但有时步行去.考查副词辨析题.A. some times好几次;B. some time一些时间;C. sometimes有时;D. never从不,表否定.本句缺的是时间状语,而some times和some time都是名词性短语,可排除.never表示否定意义,而本句是肯定意义,也可排除.根据句意和语境,可知选C.29.—What’s your brother like? — .A. He likes readingB. He is tallC. He is a studentD. He is 13【答案】B【解析】句意:——你哥哥是什么样子?——他很高.考查特殊疑问句及其回答.What’s +人称+ like?用于提问“某人的外貌,即某人是什么样子的”,其回答需用高矮、胖瘦等表示外貌特征的形容词回答.根据句意和语境,可知ACD三个选项意思都与句意不符,故选B.30.—We’ll have a school trip to Suzhou Museum next week.—. And I’m sure you'll learn a lot.A. Have funB. Cheer upC. Best wishesD. Never mind【答案】A【解析】句意:——下周我们将去苏州博物馆参观学校.——玩得开心.我相信你会学到很多东西的.考查日常交际用语.A. Have fun祝你开心,用于祝福;B. Cheer up振作起来,用于鼓励;C. Best wishes祝你好运,用于祝福;D. Never mind不用担心,用于劝慰.根据句意和语境,可知BCD三项意思都与句意不合,故选A.B) 完形填空先通读下面的短文,掌握其大意,然后在每小题的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳选项,并在答题卡上将该项涂黑.For school students,making a homework plan(计划) is important. It can help you do your homework well.First, be sure(确定) to understand ___31___ your teachers want you to do. Write it down in your notebook if you need to,and be sure to ask questions about your ___32___ if you really don't understand. It's much easier to take a minute to ask the teacher in or after class than to think ___33___all the night!Second,use any free time ___34___ to work on your homework. Many schools have study rooms. It's___35___ to play with your friends and classmates after class at school,but the more work you do in school, the lessyou'll have to do at ___36___.Third, pace(调整) yourself. If you don't finish your homework at school,___37___ how much homework you have and what else is going on that day, and then plan your time. Most school students have between 1 and 1.5___38___ of homework a night. If it's not a hard homework day, you can ___39___yourself more, or you'll have to say ___40___ to your game shows or films on TV.31. A. when B. what C. how D. where32. A. plan B. wish C. homework D. time33. A. hard B. easy C. happy D. lucky34. A. in the classroom B. at home C. in the playground D. in the restaurant35. A. sorry B. interesting C. helpful D. important36. A. morning B. afternoon C. night D. weekend37. A. talk about B. ask for C. learn from D. think about38. A. minutes B. hours C. days D. weeks39. A. help B. teach C. look after D. enjoy40. A. yes B. OK C. sorry D. please【答案】31. B 32. C 33. A 34. A 35. B 36. C 37. D 38. B 39. D 40. C【解析】试题分析:本文就如何帮助学生制定家庭作业计划给出了三点科学合理的建议.【31题详解】句意:首先,一定要理解你的老师希望你做什么.考查疑问词辨析题.A. when什么时候,表时间.B. what什么,表事物;C. how怎样,表方式;D. where在哪里,表地点.本句是宾语从句,空白处同时做do的宾语,ACD三项都是疑问副词,不能做宾语.根据句意和语境,可知选B.【32题详解】句意:如果你真的不懂的话,一定要问一些有关你的家庭作业的问题.考查名词辨析题.A. plan计划;B. wish 愿望;C. homework家庭作业;D. time时间.根据短文内容介绍的是如何制定家庭作业计划,计划句意和语境,可知选C.33题详解】句意:在课堂上或课后花一分钟时间问老师比在整个晚上认真思考容易得多!考查副词辨析题.A. hard困难地;B. easy容易的;C. happy高兴的;D. lucky幸运的.think思考,动词需用副词修饰;BCD三项都是形容词,不可修饰动词,可排除.根据句意和语境,可知选A.【34题详解】句意:第二,在课堂上利用任何空闲时间来做家庭作业.考查介词短语辨析题.A. in the classroom在教室里;B. at home在家里;C. in the playground在操场上;D. in the restaurant在餐馆里.根据本段结尾the more work you do in school, the less you'll have to do at night.,结合句意和语境,可知选A.【35题详解】句意:放学后跟你的朋友和同学一起玩很有趣.考查形容词辨析题.A. sorry对不起;B. interesting有趣的;C. helpful有用的;D. important重要的.根据句意和语境,可知ACD三项意思都与句意不合,故选B.【36题详解】句意:但是你在学校做的工作(家庭作业)越多,晚上就越少做.考查名词辨析题.AB两项多和in连用,in the morning/afternoon;weekend周末,多于on连用,on weekend.at night在夜里;根据句意和语境,可知选C.【37题详解】句意:想想你有多少作业和当天的作业.考查动词短语辨析题.A. talk about谈论;B. ask for请求…;C. learn from吸取;D. think about考虑….根据句意和语境,可知ABC三个选项意思都与句意不符,故选D.【38题详解】句意:大多数学生每晚有1到1.5个小时的家庭作业.考查名词辨析题.根据句意和语境,结合学生实际,可知minutes、days和weeks均与句意不符,故选B.【39题详解】句意:如果这不是一个艰难的家庭作业日,你可以享受更多.考查动词辨析题.A. help帮助;B. teach教;C. look after照顾;D. enjoy使过得快活.enjoy yourself玩得高兴;根据句意和语境,可知前面三个选项都与句意不合,故选D.【40题详解】句意:否则你不得不对你的游戏节目或电视上的电影表示遗憾.考查形容词辨析题.say sorry to道歉/向某人道歉;本句前后是让步关系,根据句意和语境,可知sorry符合句意,故选C.点睛:完型填空是难度最大的题.它集阅读理解、语法、词法、句法于一体.是考查语言综合运用的能力的一道题.解题的方法要带着空,通读文章,搞清事件发生的背景;再读全文,搞清短文内容;最后根据句意,联系上下文确定每个空的正确答案.它的主要题型有(1)考查词义辨析:名词辨析,形容词副词辨析,冠词辨析,介词连词辨析等;(2)考查句子时态,语态,要根据语境,选择正确的时态和语态的选项;(3)考查从句(宾语从句,定语从句,主语从句等);(4)根据固定句型或短语结合语境选择正确的选项.本题主要考查单词或短语辨析,做此类型题时,要知道每一个词的意义,然后结合上下文背景语境,选择适合语境的选项.三、阅读理解 (共12小题;每小题2分,满分24分)阅读下列短文,从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C、D)中,选出最佳选项,并在答题卡上将该项涂黑.ADear Frank,In your last letter, you asked me about meals in English homes. Now let me tell you something about it.In many English homes, people eat four meals a day: breakfast, lunch, afternoon tea and dinner.People have breakfast at any time from seven to nine in the morning. They eat vegetables, eggs and bread. English people drink tea or coffee at breakfast.Lunch comes at one o’clock. Afternoon tea is from four to five in the afternoon, and dinner is at about half past seven. First, they have soup, then they have meat or fish with vegetables. After that, they eat some fruits like bananas, apples or oranges. But not all English people like those fruits. Some of them have their dinner in the middle of the day. Their meals are breakfast, dinner and afternoon tea. All these meals are very simple.I hope you can visit England someday.Yours,Eric41. How many meals do many English people have every day?A. One.B. Two.C. Three.D. Four.42. What do English people eat for breakfast?A. Vegetables, eggs and bread.B. Juice or coffee.C. Soup or meat.D. Fruit and porridge.43. One o’clock i n the afternoon is time for ________.A. breakfastB. 1unchC. afternoon teaD. dinner44. Which is NOT true about the dinner?A. It is at about half past seven.B. People have soup, meat or fish.C. All English people like bananas, apples and oranges.D. Some English people have dinner in the middle of the day.【答案】41. D 42. A 43. B 44. C【解析】试题分析:这是艾利克写给弗兰克的一封信,艾利克在信中介绍了英国家庭的一日四餐,并发出邀请,希望有一天弗兰克能访问英国.【41题详解】题意:大多数英国人每天吃几顿饭?考查细节理解题.根据第二段In many English homes, people eat four meals a day: breakfast, lunch, afternoon tea and dinner.,可知是四顿:早餐、午餐、下午茶和晚餐,故选D.【42题详解】题意:英国人早餐吃什么?考查细节理解题.根据They eat vegetables, eggs and bread. English people drink tea or coffee at breakfast.,可知他们吃的是蔬菜、鸡蛋和面包,喝的是茶或咖啡,故选A.【43题详解】题意:下午一点是________时间.考查细节理解题.根据Lunch comes a t one o’clock.,可知是午餐时间,故选B.【44题详解】题意:关于晚饭,哪一项是错误的?考查细节理解题.A. It is at about half past seven. 七点半左右(吃晚饭);根据and dinner is at about half past seven.可知说法正确.B. People have soup, meat or fish.人们吃汤、肉或鱼;根据First, they have soup, then they have meat or fish with vegetables.可知说法正确.C. All English people like bananas, apples and oranges.所有的英国人都喜欢香蕉、苹果和桔子;根据But not all English people like those fruits.可知说法错误.D. Some English people have dinner in the middle of the day. 一些英国人在中午吃晚饭;根据Some of them have their dinner in the middle of the day.,可知说法正确.综合以上分析,故选C.点睛:对于阅读理解题,首先要粗读文章了解大意,其次通过细读,理解全文.在粗读的基础上,仔细阅读题后所给的题目,根据题目要求,再有重点地返回来仔细阅读.在阅读理解的题目中,所设问题主要有以下几种方式:找主题或概括文章的中心思想、就文中的具体事实和情节进行提问、根据文章的表层意思进行深层次的推理判断等,在细读时,要根据设问的方式,进行有侧重地阅读.1、概括文章中心思想.1)文首呈现主题句.2)文尾出现主题句.3)首尾呼应展现主题.4)文中表述主题.前面提出问题,文中的主题由随之陈述的细节或合乎逻辑的引申在文中导出,而后再做进一步的解释.5)文章没有主题句.在这种情况下,考生要把所有的细节综合起来.进行逻辑推理,概括归纳出文章的主题句.2.掌握文章的具体事实和重要情节.在考题中,经常会见到就文章中某一具体事实和重要情节进行测试的题目.这就要求考生在阅读时要注意辨认和记忆具体事实,重要情节,事物的起因、过程、结果及发生的地点、时间等,这些都有可能作为测试点.还有一些测试题,要求考生在理解的基础上,通过自己的思维将理解的内容系统化,比如计算、排序等题型.BWhen tea and coffee were first introduced to Europe in the 18th century, people had different ideas about their use.Some said that tea and coffee were harmful to humans and they could cause (引起)people to die.In Sweden(瑞典), King Gustaf Ⅲ decided to find out whether or not this was true.It happened that there were two brothers in prison at that time.They were twins and were almost alike in every way.They had both been sentenced to death (判处死刑).The King decided to let them live if one of the men agreed to drink several cups of tea each day and the other several cups of coffee. Both brothers lived many years without problems of any kind.At last,the brother who had drunk tea every day died at the age of 83,the other died a few years later.Because of the experiment(实验), tea and coffee got accepted (接受) and became popular as drink in Sweden, and it is one of the many countries of the world where much tea and coffee is drunk today.45. Tea and coffee were first introducd to Europe in_______.A. the eighteenth centuryB. the eighteen centuryC. eighteenth centuriesD. eighteen centuries46. What does the word harmful mean in Chinese?---It means________.A. 有趣的B. 苦涩无味的C. 有害的D. 可口的47. The brother who had drunk tea every day lived______.A. until he was over 83B. until he was 83C. until the other had been dead for several yearsD. until he had drunk tea for a few years48. Today the Swedish drink_________.A. much more coffee than teaB. much tea and coffeeC. little tea and coffeeD. much tea but little coffee。
七年级上册英语期末复习易错题整理一、单项选择1. ________Wednesday morning, there is a basketball match ________Class 3 and Class 6.A. On; amongB. In; amongC. On; betweenD. In; between2. ---Mom, I'm thinking about ______________. Could you help me?---I'm not hungry. Let's wait for Dad, shall we?A. what to orderB. what to wearC. how to orderD. how to wear3. ---Why don't you like this brown shirt, Tom?---It isn't my_________. It's too big for me.A.priceB. sizeC. colourD. style4. ---This pair of trousers matches your shirt_________.They look________together.---OK, I’ll take them.A.well; wellB.good; goodC.well; goodD.good; well5. Kitty doesn’t like hamburgers, so she __________ eats them.A. seldomB.alwaysC. sometimesD. often6. Jane goes to the Reading Club __________every Tuesday afternoon.A. atB./C. onD. in7. ---I like eating sweets a lot, you know.---Sweets have_________sugar. It is not good for you.A.much tooB. too muchC. too manyD. many too8. ---My trousers fit me well. What about___________?---Mine are too small. I’d like to buy a big____________.A.your; oneB.yours; oneC.your; pairD.yours; pair9. I know many English words, but I can speak only_________English.A.a littleB.littleC.a fewD.few10. ---Why were you late for school this morning?---My mother forgot to .A.take me upB.wake me upC. dress me upD.get me up11. Don’t worry about me! I’m __________myself.A.big enough to look afterB.old enough to look afterC.big enough to look atD.old enough to look at12. ---What is on __________side of the wall?---It's a shoe factory.A.othersB. the othersC. the otherD. another13.---Why you look so ?---Because my birthday is coming.A.do; happyB. are; happilyC. are; happyD. do; happily14. Miss Wu teaches_________English and we all like_________ very much.A.our; herB. us; herC. our; sheD. us; she15. Mr. White__________ the blue trousers because__________his shirt well.A. likes; they don't matchB. doesn’t like; they don’t matchC. likes; it matchesD. doesn't like; it matches16. I'm __________ in the story Star Wars. Are there ___________ books like it here?A. interesting; more anyB. interested; more someC. interesting; some moreD. interested; any more17.---Sorry, the price of the trousers is too ________.---OK. Would you like to have a look at a cheaper ________?A.expensive; oneB. expensive; pairC.high; oneD. high; pair18.There are thirty ________ and eight hundred ________ in our school.A. woman teachers; girl studentB. women teachers; girls studentsC. women teachers; girl studentsD. woman teachers; girls students19. --- Mike, could you tell me what your English teacher looks like?--- Sure.____________________.A . He is really great . B. He is a tall man with little hairC. He likes reading very muchD. He is always friendly to everyone20. --- Excuse me, ________is your age?--- Don’t you know it’s a secret to a lady?A.How oldB.WhatC.HowD.How much二、动词填空1. How long does it take Simon _____________(swim ) across the river?2. ___________(not be) late for school again! Or the teacher will be angry.3. Look, Tom with his friends (fly) kites over there.4. If it ________ (snow) tomorrow, I think we will have to stay at home.5. Tom seems ____________ (have) two sons.6. Many people hate____________ (get) up early in the morning at weekends.7. What great fun they have ___________ (chat) with each other on the phone!8. Would you please __________(not talk) in class?9. --- Lily, who ___________ (give) you red packets at the Spring Festival?--- Well, a lot of people do.10. I’m afraid this pair of shoes_____________(not fit) me well.11. Can __________(chat) on the Internet help you make friends?12. __________(live) a healthy lifestyle, you should eat less meat and more vegetables.13. Each of them always__________(dress) up as a ghost on Halloween.14. Everyone thinks___________ (eat) more vegetables and fruit is good for our health.15. Look! Each of the children______________ (have) candy in their hands.16. Look! Here ________(come) the twins wearing the same shirts.17. Today, only one of our classmates ________________ (not wear) school uniform.18. In big cities, if you ____________ (not be) careful, you may go the wrong way.19. Who can tell me which bus____________(take)? I am completely lost now.20. Never_________ (play) too many computer games, or you will not pass the exam.三、句型转换1. He doesn't have much time to watch TV.(改为同义句)He time to watch TV.2. You tell me the good news. Thank you very much.(改为同义句)Thank you very much me the good news.3. The mall is open from 9 a.m. to 9 p.m. (对划线部分提问)____________ __________ is the mall open every day?4. There are two pieces of paper on the desk. (对划线部分提问)How ____________ paper ___________ there on the desk?5. My father doesn’t work in the same office as yours. (同义句改写)My father works in an office ____________ ___________ yours.6. His mother spends lots of money on the toys. (同义句改写)The toys ___________ his mother ____________ money.7. It is two miles away from the supermarket to my home.(对画线部分提问)from the supermarket to your home?8. It takes me an hour to read English every day.(对画线部分提问)it you to read English every day?9. I'm thinking about what I can wear to the party.I'm thinking about what to the party.10. The library is open from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m.The library at 8 a.m. and at 5 p.m.11. He watches half an hour of TV every day.(划线部分提问)_________ _________ TV does he watch every day?12. Mr. Green often lies on the sofa after supper. (用now改写句子)Mr. Green__________ __________ on the sofa now.四、首字母填空Eating habits are different in different countries. The Chinese have a saying “Eat good things for b 1 , eat a b 2 meal for lunch, but eat less at dinner.” Many people in the USA agree that one s 3 a day with a good breakfast, but their ideas about lunch and dinner are d 4 . Most people in America only give themselves a short time to have their lunch, so they eat a s 5 lunch. After work, they can have more time to eat a big dinner. Also a quiet dinner at home with all the family talking about their day is a w 6 to take a good rest after a long, hard day of work.Eating at r 7 is also different. In China, very often you can hear people t 8 and laughing loudly, and they are just having a good time. In America it is not like this. They usually eat a good meal f 9 away from the noisy places. If they are making some noise, other people in the restaurants will look at t 10 angrily, even the manager of the restaurants will ask them to be quiet.五、阅读理解Do you have any friends from other countries? Do you know what they are like?The Germans (德国人) are very quiet and they don’t get excited easily. They don’t want to say more words. They look serious (严肃的), but they really know how to have fun. They work hard and like tidiness. Most German women like to keep their houses clean.In some ways, the English look the same as the Germans. They are also quiet and never talk too much with others. They are really polite, so we often hear “Thank you.” or “Sorry.” from them.The French have long holidays. They like travelling and usually spend their long time in other countries. The French are more outgoing (外向的) than the Germans. It is very easy to make friends with them.Compared to (与……比较) the French, the Americans are more outgoing. And they are even opener. They don’t like to depend on (依靠) others. So it is very popular that students do part-time jobs. In Americans’ eyes, working and success are important.1. From the passage, we can learn that _________ are very quiet.A. only the GermansB. only the EnglishmenC. onlyD. both the Germans and the English2. What does the underlined word “tidiness” mean in Chinese?A. 整洁B. 安静C. 时尚D. 随意3. _________ are the most outgoing.A. The GermansB. The FrenchC. The EnglishmenD. The Americans4. What can we learn about the French from the passage?A. They are more outgoing than the Americans.B. It is very easy to make friends with them.C. They like travelling in their own country.D. They don’t like to be too excited and are always hard-working.5. Which is the best title of the article?A. Different people’s hobbies.B. Who are more outgoing?C. Characteristics (特征) of the people in different countries.D. Working hard is an important part in people’s life.六、阅读表达Mothers always tell their children what they should eat.When Daniel is a child, hi s mother often tells him, "Don't eat too much salt or sugar. They are not healthy."Millie's mother always takes care of Millie very well. For example, Millie's teeth are very weak, so she mustn't eat too much candy or ice cream.Jane doesn't like milk, but her mother makes her drink it. Every day before Jane goes to school, she has to drink a glass of milk because her mother is always watching her.During Mike's childhood, he has to eat many vegetables and fruit on Monday and Friday. One day, beans are on his plate. When Mike sees them, he gets mad (疯) . But his mother makes him taste some. Then he finds they are not so bad!回答下面问题,每题不超过6个单词1.How many children are there in the passage?____________________________________________2.Who dislikes milk?____________________________________________3.Why mustn’t Millie eat too much candy or ice cream?____________________________________________4.What does Mother tell Daniel not to eat too much?____________________________________________5.How often does Mike have to eat many vegetables and fruit?____________________________________________七、任务型阅读Teeth are important to everyone. National Teeth-Loving Day is on September 20. Do you know the life cycle of teeth in your mouth? Children under 6 years old have 20 baby teeth. From 6 to 13, people lose their baby teeth one by one. Now permanent teeth (恒牙) begin to grow. Between the ages of 17 and 25, some people grow wisdom teeth (智齿). Of course, wisdom teeth don’t make you any smarter. They look like a symbol(象征) of being grown-ups.Do you know any ways of keeping our teeth strong and healthy? Let’s look at the following tips.What we can do:Brush your teeth at least twice a day: in the morning and before bedtime. Brush for at least two or three minutes every time.Brush up and down on every tooth.Use a dental floss (牙线) for your teeth to make them cleaner if necessary. Get a new toothbrush every three months.What is the life cycle of ◆Children 3 6 have 20 baby teeth.◆From 6 to 13, permanent teeth begin to gr ow.◆Between 17 and 25, some people 4 wisdom teeth. Thatmeans they grow up.our Things we can do◆Brush your teeth at least twice a day: in the morning and beforegoing to 6 .◆Brush for at least 2-3 minutes every time.◆Brush up and down on all the 7 .◆Make your teeth cleaner 8 a dental floss if necessary.◆Get a new toothbrush every three months.Things we can’t do◆Never eat too much 9 food or drink too much soda.◆Don’t eat very 10 food because it’s bad for teeth.◆Don’t eat snacks before going to bed.important参考答案单项选择CABCA BBDAB BCABB DDCBB动词填空1.to swim2.Don’t be3.is flying4.snows5.to have6.getting7.chatting8.not talk9.gives10.doesn’t fit 11.chatting12.To live13.dresses14.eating15.hases17.doesn’t wear18.aren’t19.to take20.play句型转换1.has no2.for telling3.How long4.much;is5.different from6.cost; much7.How much is it8.How long does; take9.to wear10.opens; closes11.How much12.is lying首字母填空1. breakfast2. big3. starts4. different5. small6. way7. restaurants8. talking9. far 10. them 阅读理解DABBC阅读表达1.Four.2.Jane.3.Because her/Millie’s teeth are very weak.4.Salt or sugar.5.Twice a week.任务型阅读1. important2. September3. under4. grow.5. How6. bed7. teeth8. with9. sweet10. hard。
2020-2021学年第一学期期末测试牛津译林版七年级英语试题听力理解A)听对话回答问题本部分共有10道小题,每小题你将听到一段对话,每段对话听两遍.在听每段对话前,你将有5秒钟的时间阅读题目;听完后,你还有5秒钟的时间从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项.1. Which festival are they talking about?A. B. C.2. What is Tom doing now?A. B. C.3. What time does Kitty go to bed?A. B. C.4. Who's Julie?A. B. C.5. Which subject does Jimmy like best?A. History.B. English.C. Maths.6. How long is the school library open?A. For five hours.B. For eight hours.C. For nine hours.7. Where are they?A. In a bookshop.B. In a clothes shop.C. In a toy shop.8. How often does Millie go to the Reading Club?A. Twice a week.B. Once a week.C. Every day.9. What does the boy want to have for breakfast today?A. Pizza.B. Noodles.C. Bread.10. How much does the man need to pay?A. Fifty yuan.B. Twenty yuan.C. Fifteen yuan.B)听对话和短文回答问题你将听到一段对话和两篇短文,各听两遍,听每段对话和短文前,你将有时间阅读相关小题,每小题5秒钟;听完后,你还有5秒钟的时间从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项.听下面一段对话,回答第11至12小题.11. What is Amy doing?A. Listening to a song.B. Listening to a story.C. Listening to a talk.12. Why does Tony like listening to stories?A. Because they are specialB. Because they are different.C. Because they are interesting.听下面一篇短文,回答第13至15小题.请根据内容从所给的A.、B、C三个选项中选择正确的选项,完成信息记录表.13. A. fruit B. drinks C. vegetables14. A. rousers B. shoes C. gloves15 A. an MP4 B. a CD C. a birthday card听下面一篇短文,回答第16至20小题.16. What does Lucy need for the fashion show?A. A designer.B. A boy.C. A model.17. What is the sweater made of?A. Wool.B. Leather.C. Cotton18. What colour is the skirt?A. Pink.B. White.C. Black.19. Which is NOT Lucy's design?A. A coat.B. A pair of jeans.C. A pair of boots.20. What are the clothes fit for?A. Sports meetings.B. Parties.C. Fashion shows.单项填空请认真阅读下面各题,从题中所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中,选出最佳选项,并在答题卡上将该项涂黑.1.The twin sisters have different hobbies. One likes playing violin and the other likes playing basketball.A. the; theB. the; aC. a; /D. the; /2.---______woman is Daniel's mother?-- The one in the red coat.A. WhatB. WhichC. WhoD. Where3.--- This T-shirt looks very modern. It's about 800 yuan.--- Sorry, it's too _______.I don't have enough money. Can I see another one?A. expensiveB. cheapC. differentD. beautiful4.--- Tom, when is our parents' meeting?---It begins _______two o'clock _______the afternoon of 9 December.A. in; inB. at; inC. at; onD. in; on5.—Would you like ________ cola? —No, thanks. I don't need ________ drinks now.A. some; someB. any; someC. any; anyD. some; any6.--- Oh, the dishes in this restaurant are very delicious.--- Please enjoy yourself, Millie! It is my _______ today.A. timeB. treatC. moneyD. food7.--- Millie, can you help me answer the phone? I _______ the clothes.---I'm coming!A. washB. washedC. washesD. am washing8.---Mum, there ____ no milk in the fridge.---Oh, but there ____ three bottles of orange juice.A. are; isB. are; areC. is; areD. is; is9.---The price of Huawei P30 pro is very high.---Yes. Good things always ____ much.A. costB. spendC. takeD. buy10.--- Kitty, you look beautiful and modern in this red dress!---__________A. Good luck!B. Thanks a lot!C. That's all right!D. The same to you!完形填空请认真阅读下面短文,从短文后各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中,选出最佳选项,并在答题卡上将该项涂黑.The 15th day of the first month of the lunar calendar(农历)in China is the Lantern Festival.It's an important ___11___ in China. Chinese people celebrate it in many ways. In the evening there are different ___12___ Shows in parks and streets. Lanterns are often red ___13___ the Chinese think red stands for (代表)happiness and good luck. People ___14___ different lanterns out of paper and other things. Some are in the ___15___ of rabbits, birds and boats. Some are in the shapes of dragons and cartoon stars. There are ___16___ lanterns here and there. In some cities, such as Suzhou, there is ___17___ a big lantern show at night, and many people come to enjoy it every year.____18____are special food for the festival. Families always get together and ___19___a big meal. After that, people go out to____20____. They often sing and dance happily late until midnight.11. A. time B. festival C. month D. week12. A. flower B. fashion C. lantern D. food13. A. because B. before C. after D. when14. A. do B. paint C. cut D. make15. A. colours B. sizes C. shapes D. names16. A. few B. many C. little D. much17. A. seldom B. never C. usually D. sometimes18. A. Sweet dumplings B. Rice dumplings C. Moon cakes D. Turkeys19. A. like B. make C. plan D. enjoy20. A. watch films B. make lanterns C. watch the moon D. have fun阅读理解请认真阅读下列短文,从短文后各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中,选出最佳选项,并在答题卡上将该项涂黑.AIf you go to a fast food restaurant, you will probably see a lot of children. Today, some children are too fat, and this is because of their bad eating habits(习惯). Most children are fond of food with a lot of fat, oil, salt and sugar. People call this kind of food "junk food".We find many children eat unhealthily. Some don't have breakfast before they go to school. During the day, some don't have proper(正常的) food for lunch. They don't like vegetables, and many of them don't like to eat fruit. They love to eat food with a lot of salt, sugar or fat.Parents today worry about their children's eating habits. Some doctors advise(建议)children to eat healthily.◆Children shouldn't eat too much junk food.◆Children should eat some fruit and vegetables every day.◆Children should drink more milk. ◆Children should eat breakfast every day.21. The underlined (划线的) phrase are fond of in the first paragraph means_______. A. dislike B. love C. hate D. hope 22. In this passage, doctors advise teenagers to eat more ______ . A. food with little salt and milk B. food with much sugar and fat C. vegetables and fruit D. cola and hamburgers 23. What's the best title for this passage? A. Keeping good eating habits B. Eating unhealthy food is bad C. Eating fast food is good D. Eating healthily worries parents B Many people like to watch TV when they want to have a rest. They like watching sitcoms(情景喜剧).Sitcoms can make us laugh loudly. Maybe you didn't know the word “sitcom” before, but you might know the shows I love my family, Home with kids, Love Apartment. They are sitcoms.Sitcoms often take place in the same place, such as a living room or an office. The plots(故事情节) are often about the small problems in our life. Every character has a special personality(个性).They make people laugh when they talk to each other.People love sitcoms because they can turn hard things into something funny. The character keep their sense ofhumor(幽默), even when they're having a bad day. They tell us that even when bad things happen, we can laugh them off and life will go on.24. Which of the following isn't a sitcom?A. I love my familyB. Home with kidsC. Frozen ID. Love Apartment25. People can know _______ by watching sitcoms.A. how to have a restB. how to talk to each otherC. how to laugh loudlyD. how to live happily26. According to the passage, why do people like to watch sitcoms?A. Because the plots are about the big problems in our life.B. Because the characters often make people laugh.C. Because sitcoms often take place in different places.D. Because sitcoms often turn easy things into something funny.CThere is a China's first 3D printed bridge and it came into use in a park in Putuo District, Shanghai on 1 January 2019.The white bridge is about l.2 metres tall, 15.25 metres long and 3.8 metres wide. Shanghai Construction Group built it. It took 35 days to finish building the bridge. This bridge can stay well for about 30 years under the sun and rain.The bridge is very strong because it can carry 250 kilograms per square metre (每平方米).That is to say,four people can walk on it at the same time per square metre.A new 3D robotic printing system (打印系统) was very important in the building, The team started planning on the system one and a half years ago. 3D printing needs fewer workers and does not make dust or waste. If parts of the bridge become damaged, the printing system can make them good again.This isn't the first 3D-printed bridge that made in China. Tongji University made the first two 3D printed bridges of China in 2017. But engineers (工程师) just built those two bridges as an experiment (实验) , not for use.27. How long did it take Shanghai Construction Group to build the 3D printed bridge?A. 35 days.B. 25 days.C. 20 days.D. 15 days.28. The underlined word damaged in the fourth paragraph means _______ .A. 新的B. 重要的C. 旧的D. 损坏的29. According to the last paragraph, what can we learn from?A. The 3D-printed bridge in Putuo District is the first 3D-printed bridge.B. Tongji University made two 3D-printed bridges in 2017.C. The engineers of Tongji University built the first two bridges in the parks.D. The students of Beijing University built the 3D-printed bridge as an experiment.D“Peter, where do you live?" asks Wendy.With the Lost Boys. They are children who fall out of their prams(婴儿车).We live in Neverland. I'm their captain(首领).“What fun!" cries Wendy.“Yes, it is," says Peter. "But we feel lonely. There are no girls there, only boys! And no one tells us stories.”“Oh, poor you!" cries Wendy. “I know a lot of stories!"Peter takes her hand and pulls her to the window.“Wendy, come to Neverland with me and tell me stories!”Of course Wendy is very happy. But she says, "Oh dear, I can't. What about Mother? And I can't fly." “I can teach you," says Peter. “You can fly around with me and talk to the stars. And' Wendy, there are mermaids(美人鱼) in Neverland!"Peter is very clever. He knows the things that Wendy likes.“Oh!” cries Wendy. "I'd love to see a mermaid!”“Wendy, you can put us to bed at night," he says. “And mend our clothes. And make pockets for us."“Oh! How exciting!" she says. “Can you teach John and Michael to fly, too?"“If you like," says Peter, without much enthusiasm(热情).Wendy goes and shakes(摇)John and Michael.“Wake up," she cries, “Peter Pan can teach us to fly."John opens his eyes and jumps out of bed. Michael gets up, too.30. Peter and the Lost Boys feel _____ in Neverland.A. happyB. sadC. lonelyD. afraid31. According to the passage which of the following is TRUE?A. Wendy lives in Neverland.B. Peter wants Wendy to live in Neverland.C. There aren't mermaids in Neverland.D. The Lost Boys don't like Iistening to stories.32. From the passage, we can infer(推断)that____.A. Wendy will be the captain in NeverlandB. The Lost Boys live in Neverland happilyC. John and Michael will go to Neverland with WendyD. Peter often tells the Lost Boys stories信息还原根据对话内容,从对话后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项.选项中有两项为多余选项.并在答题卡上将对应的选项涂黑.A: Hello, Tommy! Did you see the film Amazing China?B: No. What do you think of it?A: ___33___B: I heard it is a documentary(记录片),and many people like watching it. ___34___A: It is about China's success in the past years.B:___35___ A: Yes.But most of the audience(观众)are 20-29 years old. B: Really? I can't believe it. Anything else? A:___36___B:Oh, I want to see it.___37___A: Sorry, I saw it last night. I think you can ask Jim to go with you. B: OK. I'll call him later. A. And the film makes more people love our country. B. Who is the director(导演)? C. I think it is wonderful. D. I think the old people like it very much, right? E. How can I get there? F. What is it about? G.Would you like to go with me? 词汇检测根据下列句子及所给汉语注释或通过上下文,在答题卡上标有题号的横线上,写出空缺处各单词的正确形式.每空只写一词.38. I don't like this red T-shirt. Can I have a look at ____ (另一个)one?39. We'd better do our best to help the children in poor ____(地区).40. Xiao Min is too fat, and he needs to ____(改变)his lifestyle.41. This meal gives me energy for the ____(整个的)afternoon.42. My grandma has a few bad ____ (牙齿).She can't eat such hard food.43. The materials of the show ___ (包括)old newspapers, CDs and other things.44. The boy came into the room without ____(敲)on the door and it made me very angry.45. --- Young people like wearing jeans.--- Yes, jeans are very ____ among them.46. --- Jenny, what are you doing in your room?--- I am busy ____ an email to my penfriend.47. --- Is there a big ____ at your school?--- Yes. We can read different kinds of books there.句子翻译将下列句子译成英语,并将所译句子写在答题卡上标有题号的横线上.48. 孩子们正在为这场时装秀作准备.49. 你想要试穿这件白色丝绸衬衫吗?50. 让我们带领父母们参观一下校园.51. 观看舞狮子是件有趣的事.52. 她每天花半小时做运动.阅读表达阅读下面的短文并用英语回答问题,并将答案写在答题卡上标有题号的横线上.Do you like running? Do you know FUN RUN? Today in China, young people have friends on QQ or Wechat (微信),and then they get together to run in the evening. It's a new sport.FUN RUN is good for you. First, running can help you to be healthy. Second, it's easy and cheap to run. You don't need to buy any sports equipment(设备).And in the evening, you can run in a park, in the school or just on a street. Many people are very busy working or studying every day, so they don't have free time to do sports in the day. But in the evening, they have much time to run.Here are some important things for you when you want to have FUN RUN.▲Wear a pair of sports shoes.▲Listen to music if you think it's boring to run.▲Drink some water after running.▲Don't run alone(单独).It's very important.53. What is FUN RUN?54. Why is FUN RUN good for people?55. Do you want to have FUN RUN? Why or why not?56.书面表达假如你是Daniel,你将通过发送电子邮件的方式与美国中学生Olivia进行交流.请根据下面表格内的提示向他介绍你自己和你的寒假计划.要求:1.词数90词左右.短文开头、结尾已经写好,不计入总词数;2.短文须包括所有要点,不要逐词翻译,可适当发挥,使短文连贯、通顺;3.文中不得提及真实的人名、校名等相关信息.Dear OliviaMy name is Daniel. I'm glad to know you!______________________________________________________________________________________________________Looking forward to your reply!Yours答案与解析听力理解A)听对话回答问题本部分共有10道小题,每小题你将听到一段对话,每段对话听两遍.在听每段对话前,你将有5秒钟的时间阅读题目;听完后,你还有5秒钟的时间从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项.1. Which festival are they talking about?A. B. C.2. What is Tom doing now?A. B. C.3. What time does Kitty go to bed?A. B. C.4. Who's Julie?A. B. C.5. Which subject does Jimmy like best?A. History.B. English.C. Maths.6. How long is the school library open?A. For five hours.B. For eight hours.C. For nine hours.7. Where are they?A. In a bookshop.B. In a clothes shop.C. In a toy shop.8. How often does Millie go to the Reading Club?A. Twice a week.B. Once a week.C. Every day.9. What does the boy want to have for breakfast today?A. Pizza.B. Noodles.C. Bread.10. How much does the man need to pay?A. Fifty yuan.B. Twenty yuan.C. Fifteen yuan.B)听对话和短文回答问题你将听到一段对话和两篇短文,各听两遍,听每段对话和短文前,你将有时间阅读相关小题,每小题5秒钟;听完后,你还有5秒钟的时间从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项.听下面一段对话,回答第11至12小题.11. What is Amy doing?A. Listening to a song.B. Listening to a story.C. Listening to a talk.12. Why does Tony like listening to stories?A. Because they are specialB. Because they are different.C. Because they are interesting.听下面一篇短文,回答第13至15小题.请根据内容从所给的A.、B、C三个选项中选择正确的选项,完成信息记录表.13. A. fruit B. drinks C. vegetables14. A. rousers B. shoes C. gloves15. A. an MP4 B. a CD C. a birthday card听下面一篇短文,回答第16至20小题.16What does Lucy need for the fashion show?A. A designer.B. A boy.C. A model.17. What is the sweater made of?A. Wool.B. Leather.C. Cotton18. What colour is the skirt?A. Pink.B. White.C. Black.19. Which is NOT Lucy's design?A. A coat.B. A pair of jeans.C. A pair of boots.20. What are the clothes fit for?A. Sports meetings.B. Parties.C. Fashion shows.单项填空请认真阅读下面各题,从题中所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中,选出最佳选项,并在答题卡上将该项涂黑.1.The twin sisters have different hobbies. One likes playing violin and the other likes playing basketball.A. the; theB. the; aC. a; /D. the; /【答案】D【解析】【详解】句意:这对双胞胎姐妹有不同的爱好.一个喜欢拉小提琴,另一个喜欢打篮球.考查冠词.根据乐器前面+the,球类前面不+the,根据“violin”是乐器,所以加the,“basketball”是篮球,此处不加the,故选D.2.---______woman is Daniel's mother?-- The one in the red coat.A. WhatB. WhichC. WhoD. Where【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意:——哪个女人是丹尼尔的妈妈?——穿红衣服的那个.特殊疑问词.What什么;Which哪一个;Who谁;Where哪里;根据回答是“The one in the red coat”穿红衣服的那个,所以此处用which,故选B.3.--- This T-shirt looks very modern. It's about 800 yuan.--- Sorry, it's too _______.I don't have enough money. Can I see another one?A. expensiveB. cheapC. differentD. beautiful【答案】A【解析】【详解】句意:——这件T恤看起来很时髦.大约800元.——对不起,太贵了,我没有足够的钱.我能再看一件吗?考查形容词.expensive昂贵的;cheap便宜的;different不同的;beautiful美丽的;根据回答“I don't have enough money”我没有足够的钱,所以此处是昂贵的,故选A.4.--- Tom, when is our parents' meeting?---It begins _______two o'clock _______the afternoon of 9 December. A.in; in B. at; in C. at; on D. in; on 【答案】C 【解析】【详解】句意:——汤姆,我们的家长会是什么时候?——它于12月9日下午2点开始. 考查时间介词.at后面接表示时间的某一时刻;on后面接星期几或某一特定的日期;根据“two o'clock”,此处用at;根据“the afternoon of 9 December”,此处用on.故选C.【点睛】时间介词at, in, on的区别:1. 表示时间,注意以下用法:(1) 表示时间的某一点、某一时刻或年龄等用at.(2) 泛指一般意义的上午、下午或晚上以及月或年等较长的时间,一般用in.(3) 若表示星期几或某一特定的日期,有修饰词修饰的早中晚.则用on.5.—Would you like ________ cola? —No, thanks. I don't need ________ drinks now.A. some; someB. any; someC. any; anyD. some; any【答案】D【解析】【详解】句意:——你想来点可乐吗?——不了,谢谢.我现在不需要任何饮料.考查some/any用法.some可用在肯定句或表示询问意见的疑问句中;any用在否定句/疑问句中,表示“一些”,也可用在肯定句中,表示“任何”.分析句子,故选D.【点睛】some可用在肯定句或表示询问意见的疑问句中.例句:There are some students in the classroom. 有一些学生在教室里.Would you like some cola? 你想要一些可乐吗?any用在否定句/疑问句中,表示“一些”,也可用在肯定句中,表示“任何”.例句:There isn't any students in the classroom. 教室里没有一些学生.You can take anything you want. 你可以拿任何你想要的.6.--- Oh, the dishes in this restaurant are very delicious.--- Please enjoy yourself, Millie! It is my _______ today.A. timeB. treatC. moneyD. food【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意:——哦,这家餐馆的菜很好吃.——请尽情享受吧,米莉!今天我请客.考查名词.time时间;treat对待,请客;money钱;food食物;根据答语的前面句子“Please enjoy yourself, Millie!”让对方尽情享受,判断出是想请客,故选B.7.--- Millie, can you help me answer the phone? I _______ the clothes.---I'm coming!A. washB. washedC. washesD. am washing【答案】D【解析】【详解】句意:——米莉,你能帮我接电话吗?我正洗衣服.——我来了!考查现在进行时.wash动词原形;washed动词过去式;washes动词三单;am washing现在进行时;根据后面“I'm coming!”我来了,所以此处用现在进行时,表示“我正在洗衣服”,故选D.8.---Mum, there ____ no milk in the fridge.---Oh, but there ____ three bottles of orange juice.A. are; isB. are; areC. is; areD. is; is【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意:——妈妈,冰箱里没有牛奶了.——哦,但是有三瓶橙汁.考查主谓一致.there be句型考查“就近原则”.根据“milk”不可数名词,所以此处用is;根据“three bottles”,所以此处用are,故选C.【点睛】There be句型表示在某地有某物或某人.在这种句子里,谓语应和后面的主语取得一致,即主语是单数或不可数名词时,用there is,主语是复数时,用there are.但如果句中有两个或两个以上的主语时,谓语动词常和最靠近它的主语保持一致.如:There is a book and two pens on the desk.=There are two pens and a book on the desk. 桌子上有两支钢笔和一本书.There be句型的时态要通过be体现出来,此句是There be句型的一般现在时态.have/has表示某人或某物“拥有”什么东西,强调“所属关系”,而且某人某物作为句子的主语.He has a new pen.他有一支新钢笔.9.---The price of Huawei P30 pro is very high.---Yes. Good things always ____ much.A. costB. spendC. takeD. buy【答案】A【解析】【详解】句意:——华为P30 pro价格非常高.——是的.好东西总是很贵的.考查动词.spend花钱,主语必须是人;cost花钱,主语是物或某种活动;take花钱,主语是物,后面常跟双宾语;buy买,主语是人;根据主语“Good things”,所以排除B.D;结合“The price”,所以是花钱,故选A.10.--- Kitty, you look beautiful and modern in this red dress!---__________A. Good luck!B. Thanks a lot!C. That's all right!D. The same to you!【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意:——凯蒂,你穿这件红色连衣裙看起来很漂亮,很时髦!——谢谢.考查情景交际.Good luck!祝你好运;Thanks a lot!非常感谢;That's all right!没关系;The same to you!也同样祝愿你;根据“you look beautiful and modern in this red dress”你穿这件红色连衣裙看起来很漂亮,很时髦,是对别人的赞美之词,所以此处回答应该表示感谢,故选B.完形填空请认真阅读下面短文,从短文后各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中,选出最佳选项,并在答题卡上将该项涂黑.The 15th day of the first month of the lunar calendar(农历)in China is the Lantern Festival.It's an important ___11___in China. Chinese people celebrate it in many ways. In the evening there are different ___12___ Shows in parks and streets. Lanterns are often red ___13___ the Chinese think red stands for (代表)happiness and good luck. People ___14___ different lanterns out of paper and other things. Some are in the ___15___ of rabbits, birds and boats. Some are in the shapes of dragons and cartoon stars. There are ___16___ lanterns here and there. In some cities, such as Suzhou, there is ___17___ a big lantern show at night, and many people come to enjoy it every year.____18____are special food for the festival. Families always get together and ___19___a big meal. After that, people go out to____20____. They often sing and dance happily late until midnight.11. A. time B. festival C. month D. week12. A. flower B. fashion C. lantern D. food13. A. because B. before C. after D. when14. A. do B. paint C. cut D. make15. A. colours B. sizes C. shapes D. names16. A. few B. many C. little D. much17. A. seldom B. never C. usually D. sometimes18. A. Sweet dumplings B. Rice dumplings C. Moon cakes D. Turkeys19. A. like B. make C. plan D. enjoy20. A. watch films B. make lanterns C. watch the moon D. have fun【答案】11. B 12. C 13. A 14. D 15. C 16. B 17. C 18. A 19. D 20. D【解析】【分析】本文讲述了元宵节.它是中国一个重要的节日.中国人有很多庆祝方式.晚上在公园和街道上有不同的灯展.灯笼通常是红色的,因为中国人认为红色代表幸福和好运.人们用纸和其他东西做不同的灯笼.汤圆是节日的特别食品.家人总是聚在一起,享受一顿大餐.在那之后,人们出去玩.【11题详解】句意:它是中国一个重要的节日.time时间;festival节日;month月;week周;根据“The 15th day of the first month of the lunar calendar(农历)in China is the Lantern Festival”农历第一个月的第15天中国的元宵节,所以此处是重要节日,故选B. 【12题详解】句意:晚上在公园和街道上有不同的灯展.flower花;fashion时装;lantern灯笼;food食物;根据“Lanterns are often red…”灯笼通常是红色的,所以此处是灯笼,故选C.【13题详解】句意:灯笼通常是红色的,因为中国人认为红色代表幸福和好运.because因为;before在……之前;after在……之后;when当……时;分析句子“Lanterns are often red ___3___ the Chinese think red stands for(代表)happiness and good luck.”灯笼通常是红色的,中国人认为红色代表幸福和好运,所以此处是因为,故选A.【14题详解】句意:人们用纸和其他东西做不同的灯笼.do做;paint油漆;cut切;make做;根据make …out of表示用……做什么,结合句子,此处是用纸和其他东西做不同的灯笼,故选D.【15题详解】句意:有些是兔子、鸟和船的形状.colours颜色;sizes尺寸;shapes形状;names名字;根据“Some are in the shapes of dragons and cartoon stars”有些是龙和卡通明星的形状,所以此处是形状,故选C.【16题详解】句意:到处都有很多灯笼.few几乎没有(加可数名词);many许多(加可数名词);little几乎没有(加不可数名词);much许多(加不可数名词);根据“There are __6__ lanterns here and there”到处都有灯笼,所以此处是许多,因为灯笼是可数名词,所以用many,故选B.【17题详解】句意:晚上通常有一个大型的灯展,每年都有许多人来欣赏它.seldom很少;never没有;usually通常;sometimes有时;根据“and many people come to enjoy it every year”每年都有许多人来欣赏它,所以此处是通常,故选C.【18题详解】句意:汤圆是节日的特别食品.Sweet dumplings元宵;Rice dumplings粽子;Moon cakes月饼;Turkeys火鸡;根据常识,在元宵节吃元宵,故选A.【19题详解】句意:家人总是聚在一起,享受一顿大餐.like喜欢;make做;plan计划;enjoy喜爱;根据“Families always get together and ___9___a big meal.”家人总是聚在一起,一顿大餐,所以此处享受,故选D.【20题详解】句意:在那之后,人们出去玩.watch films看电影;make lanterns做灯笼;watch the moon看月亮;have fun玩的开心;根据“They often sing and dance happily late until midnight”他们经常高兴地唱歌跳舞到深夜,所以他们是出去玩,故选D.【点睛】做完形填空时,首先要通读课文,明白主旨大意,然后再做题.做完形时要记住“瞻前顾后想结果”这一原则,根据上下文以及语境做题,切忌主观臆断.另外,平时还要多多积累词汇.完型填空常考名词、动词、形容词和副词等辨析.做词义辨析题时,首先要确认四个选项的含义,然后分析语境和逻辑关系,确定答案.本文第五题考查名词.先确定四个词的意思.colours颜色;sizes尺寸;shapes形状;names名字;根据“Some are in the shapes of dragons and cartoon stars”有些是龙和卡通明星的形状,所以此处是形状,故选C.阅读理解请认真阅读下列短文,从短文后各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中,选出最佳选项,并在答题卡上将该项涂黑.AIf you go to a fast food restaurant, you will probably see a lot of children. Today, some children are too fat, and this is because of their bad eating habits(习惯). Most children are fond of food with a lot of fat, oil, salt and sugar. People call this kind of food "junk food".We find many children eat unhealthily. Some don't have breakfast before they go to school. During the day, some don't have proper(正常的) food for lunch. They don't like vegetables, and many of them don't like to eat fruit. They love to eat food with a lot of salt, sugar or fat.Parents today worry about their children's eating habits. Some doctors advise(建议)children to eat healthily.◆Children shouldn't eat too much junk food.◆Children should eat some fruit and vegetables every day.◆Children should drink more milk.◆Children should eat breakfast every day.21. The underlined (划线的) phrase are fond of in the first paragraph means_______.A. dislikeB. loveC. hateD. hope22. In this passage, doctors advise teenagers to eat more ______ .A. food with little salt and milkB. food with much sugar and fatC. vegetables and fruitD. cola and hamburgers23. What's the best title for this passage?A. Keeping good eating habitsB. Eating unhealthy food is badC. Eating fast food is goodD. Eating healthily worries parents【答案】21. B 22. C 23. A【解析】本文讲述了保持好的饮食习惯.现在的父母担心孩子的饮食习惯.一些医生建议孩子吃得健康.孩子们不应该吃太多的垃圾食品.孩子们应该每天吃一些水果和蔬菜.孩子们应该多喝牛奶.孩子们应该每天吃早餐. 【21题详解】词义猜测题.根据“Today, some children are too fat, and this is because of their bad eating habits. Most children are fond of food with a lot of fat, oil, salt and sugar.”今天,有些孩子太胖了,这是因为他们的坏饮食习惯.大多数孩子吃含有大量脂肪、油、盐和糖的食物,所以此处是喜欢的意思,故选B.【22题详解】细节理解题.根据建议第二条“Children should eat some fruit and vegetables every day.”孩子们应该每天吃一些水果和蔬菜.故选C.【23题详解】最佳标题.根据“Parents today worry about their children's eating habits. Some doctors advise(建议)children to eat healthily.”现在的父母担心孩子的饮食习惯.一些医生建议孩子吃得健康,所以标题是保持好的饮食习惯,故选A.BMany people like to watch TV when they want to have a rest. They like watching sitcoms(情景喜剧).Sitcoms can make us laugh loudly. Maybe you didn't know the word “sitcom” before, but you might know the shows I love my family, Home with kids, Love Apartment. They are sitcoms.Sitcoms often take place in the same place, such as a living room or an office. The plots(故事情节) are often about the small problems in our life. Every character has a special personality(个性).They make people laugh when they talk to each other.People love sitcoms because they can turn hard things into something funny. The character keep their sense of humor(幽默), even when they're having a bad day. They tell us that even when bad things happen, we can laugh them off and life will go on.24. Which of the following isn't a sitcom?A. I love my familyB. Home with kidsC. Frozen ID. Love Apartment25. People can know _______ by watching sitcoms.A. how to have a restB. how to talk to each otherC. how to laugh loudlyD. how to live happily26. According to the passage, why do people like to watch sitcoms?A. Because the plots are about the big problems in our life.B. Because the characters often make people laugh.C. Because sitcoms often take place in different places.D. Because sitcoms often turn easy things into something funny.【答案】24. C 25. D 26. B【解析】本文讲述了许多人喜欢在休息的时候看情景喜剧.情景喜剧能让人开怀大笑.情景喜剧通常发生在同一个地方,故事情节通常是生活中小问题.人们喜欢情景喜剧,因为它们可以把艰难的事情变成有趣的事情.它们告诉人们,即使不好的事情发生了,人们可以一笑置之,生活还会继续.【24题详解】细节理解题.根据“Maybe you didn't know the word “sitcom” before, but you might know the shows I love my family, Home with kids, Love Apartment. They are sitcoms”.也许你以前不知道“情景喜剧”这个词,但你可能知道《我爱我家》、《家有儿女》、《爱情公寓》.它们是情景喜剧.所以Frozen I《冰雪奇緣I》不是情景剧,故选C.【25题详解】推理判断题.根据“T hey tell us that even when bad things happen, we can laugh them off and life will go on.”他们告诉我们,即使不好的事情发生了,我们可以一笑置之,生活还会继续,所以是如何生活的更好,故选D.【26题详解】推理判断题.根据“The plots(故事情节) are often about the small problems in our life”故事情节通常是小问题在我们的生活中,排除A;根据“Sitcoms often take place in the same place, such as a living room or an office”情景喜剧通常发生在同一个地方,比如客厅或办公室,排除C;根据“People love sitcoms because they can turn hard things into something funny”因为它们可以把艰难的事情变成有趣的事情,排除D;故选B.CThere is a China's first 3D printed bridge and it came into use in a park in Putuo District, Shanghai on 1 January 2019.The white bridge is about l.2 metres tall, 15.25 metres long and 3.8 metres wide. Shanghai Construction Group built it. It took 35 days to finish building the bridge. This bridge can stay well for about 30 years under the sun and rain.The bridge is very strong because it can carry 250 kilograms per square metre (每平方米).That is to say,four people can walk on it at the same time per square metre.A new 3D robotic printing system (打印系统) was very important in the building, The team started planning on the system one and a half years ago. 3D printing needs fewer workers and does not make dust or waste. If parts of the bridge become damaged, the printing system can make them good again.This isn't the first 3D-printed bridge that made in China. Tongji University made the first two 3D printed bridges of China in 2017. But engineers (工程师) just built those two bridges as an experiment (实验) , not for use.27. How long did it take Shanghai Construction Group to build the 3D printed bridge?A. 35 days.B. 25 days.C. 20 days.D. 15 days.28. The underlined word damaged in the fourth paragraph means _______ .A. 新的B. 重要的C. 旧的D. 损坏的29. According to the last paragraph, what can we learn from?。
2020-2021学年第一学期牛津译林版七年级上册英语期末复习常考点整合训练一、单项选择1. ---The news on Wechat is so that nearly everyone is in it.--- I agree with you.A.interesting; interestingB. interesting; interestedC. interested; interestedD. interested; interesting2. ---Do _________ like going to ___________?---I don’t know.A. woman teachers, clothes shopsB. women teachers, clothes shopsC. woman teachers, sport shopsD. women teachers, vegetables shops3. ---Well, Sandy, do you play computer games?---Computer games, hmm, less than once a week. I don’t have much time.A. how oftenB. how longC. how muchD. how far4. ---How much_______the ticket________from Yangzhou to Nanjing?---34 yuan.A. does; spendB. is; takeC. does; costD. does; pay5. ---What’s on the table?---There_______ some paper cups and four bottles of cola.A. isB. areC. hasD. have6. Let Simon and_________friends.A. I beB. I amC. me beD. me are7. How_______they are at the party! They all enjoy_________.A.happily; dancingB. happy; to danceC. happy; dancingD. happily; to dance8. Our school plans to have a parents’ meeting_______the afternoon_______ January 27th.A. in; ofB. on; inC. on; ofD. in; at9. I hope my best friend _________ to my birthday party next Sunday.A. to comeB. comesC. comingD. can come10. Miss Green teaches__________English this term. We love__________very much.A.our; heB. us; sheC. our; himD. us; her11. ---I am very hungry now. I need________ bread.---OK, here you are!A.some moreB. one moreC. one anotherD. another one12. ---The price of the trainers is too__________.---OK. I’ll show you a cheaper pair.A.muchB. manyC. expensiveD. high13. Her red blouse_________her blue jeans very well and they also_________her very well.A.matches; fitB.matches; fitsC. fits; matchesD. fits; match14. ---We like to_________ the fireworks at night.---It’s exciting!A. let offB. take offC. get offD. turn off15. ---It’s difficult for me to ________ the word in English.---Don’t worry, let me show you.A.speakB. sayC. talkD. tell16. ---Mike, is it time _______ after-school activities?---Yes, let’s _______ to the Reading Club.A. for, goB. to, goesC. for, goingD.to, go17. ---Your skirt is really beautiful.---Thank you. Do you like _______, too?A.appleB. bananaC. lemonD. orange18. ---Who would he buy the coat _______?---He’ll give it to my brother _______ a present.A. for; forB. to; asC. for; asD. for; to19. --- Who is the woman _______an old black coat over there?---It’s Jack. He likes dressing up _____________ an old woman on Halloween.A. in; asB. as; inC. as; ofD. in; of20. It’s important ____________ English well.A. of us to learnB. for us learningC. to us to learnD. for us to learn21. --- I think she _______ a doctor.---I don’t think so. ___________ she is a nurse, I guess.A. maybe, May beB. may be, MaybeC. maybe, MaybeD. may be, May be22.The camera is __________ and I have_____________to buy it.A. enough cheap; enough moneyB. cheap enough; money enoughC. cheap enough; enough moneyD. enough cheap; money enough23. ---Look out of the window. Can you see the tree___________our classroom?---Yes, it’s very tall.A. in front ofB.in the front ofC. beforeD. after24. It________me 2 hours to buy a birthday present for Sandy. The present________me 26 yuan.A.takes, spendsB. costs, takesC. spends, costsD. takes, costs25. It’s good for your eyes to________the green hills for a minute or two after working for a long time.A. look out ofB. look out atC. look out fromD. look for at26. --- Are ________ of you from the same family, Lily and Lucy?---Yes, we are twins.A. bothB. allC. eachD. every27. RT-Supermarket _______at 9 a.m. and it ______ for 10 hours every weekend.A. opens; opensB. opens; is openC.is open; opensD. is open; is open28. John’s mother usually________to work. But now she________ to work with John’s father.A. is driving; is ridingB. drives; is ridingC. drives; ridesD. is driving; rides29. He needs_____________to finish his homework every night these days .A. many two hoursB. two another hoursC. more two hoursD. two more hours30. --- Someone is singing in the classroom.--- ______ nice music! Don’t you think so ?A. WhatB. What aC. HowD. How a二、词汇运用1. Collecting beautiful______________is my grandpa’s hobby.(邮票)2. Don’t____________(借)money to Andy any more! He is a gambler(赌徒)!3. Tom! You shouldn’t eat so much __________. It’s bad for your teeth. (巧克力)4. Very _____________ (少数的) students like writing letters to friends now.5. What other _____________ (活动) do you often do after school?6. It's really_________________ (重要的) for you to learn every subject well..7. I have some nice______________ (围巾). My mother buys them for me.8. Jane is _____________(确实)sorry for not giving the poor boy a hand.9. The cotton jeans are very__________ (舒服的) to wear.10. There are about___________(四十) students reading books in the library.11. All of us had a wonderful time___________ Millie's birthday yesterday. (celebrate)12.There is a ____________(运动) shop in this shopping mall. It sells different kinds of sports things.13. He was sitting _______________(在……中) a group of children, telling them a story..14.The mother always____________(穿衣) her baby in the morning.15. ---What lovely weather! How about__________on the grass and having a rest? (lie)---That sounds nice.16. Keeping__________ is a good way to improve your writing skills.(日记)17. ---Why do you like that blouse? I don’t like the colour.---But I like something _____________ (特别的).18.Too much sugar in sweets is bad for our _____________ (牙齿).19. The man ordered all the expensive dishes on the (菜单).20. Our school looks clean and (现代化).三、完成句子1. 李华和大卫都是运动俱乐部的成员,他们篮球打得很好。
牛津译林版江阴市江阴南闸实验学校2020-2021学年初一英语上学期期末复习模拟试卷5江阴南闸实验学校初一英语上学期期末模拟5姓名:__________ 班级:____________ 家长签名:____________一、单词辨音(本大题共10小题,每小题1分,共10分)( )1. A. wake B. face C. Halloween D. celebrate( )2. A. special B. because C. rest D. tennis( )3. A. winter B. pink C. hungry D.spring( )4. A. father B. three C. thin D.month( )5. A. shout B. around C.would D.mouse( )6. A. sweater B. bread C. treat D.breakfast( )7. A. lion B. thing C. inside D.bright( )8. A. chocolate B. watch C. Christmas D. teacher( )9. A. look B.good C. moon D.cook( )10. A. bowl B. know C. down D.window二、单项选择(本大题共20小题,每小题1分,共20分)( ) 1.Let you and _________ friends and don’t play tricks _________ each other again.A. I am; withB. I are;onC. me are; withD. me be ; on( ) 2. They have a party __________ the evening______ October1 every year.A. in ,ofB. at ,onC. on ,ofD. on. on( )3. The girl ____a mask wants to dress up ______ Snow White.A.wears;asB.with;asC. wears; inD. with;in( ) 4. _________ is yours, this one or that one?A. Which oneB. What oneC. WhereD. Whose( ) 5.—Betty seems _______. – Yes ,she has _______ fun in the Disneyland.A . sad ;a lot ofB happy ;many C. glad; lots of D. happily; much( )6.、Boys and girls often play tricks each other April Fool's Day.A、on; onB、on; inC、to; onD、to; of( )7.— girl is your sister?— The one a red skirt.A、Who; dress B 、What; wear C、Who's; with D、Which; in( ) 8..—National Day is _________important festival in China.—Yes. We usually have a party __________ the evening of October 1.A. an; inB. an; onC. a; atD. a; on( )9.I’m _________my shoes, but I can’t ___________them.A. look for, look forB. looking for, findC. looking for, findingD. find, find( ) 10.What ____________subjects do you learn at school?A. elseB. otherC. othersD. another( ) 11. How can you make kites_______ colourful cloth(五颜六色的布)?A. outB. fromC. offD. out of( ) 12. Jim _______ his coat and goes out. He wants to meet his girlfriend.And his girlfriend _____ a nice dress today.A.puts on, dressesB. wears, puts onC. puts on, is inD. dresses up, wears ( ) 13. What _____ do _____ boys want to buy?A. else, elseB. other, otherC. other things, elseD. else, other( ) 14. We want to buy the old men some flowers ________a present for the Double Ninth Festival.A.for B.about C.as D.to( ) 15. My father is _______ holiday in Beijing. I hope _____ buysome special gifts for us.A. in, he canB. on, toC. on, he canD. in, to( )16. —Would you like ______ dumplings ______ breakfast, Millie? —Yes, please.A. some, forB. some, asC. any, forD. any, as( )17. Eating too much meat and candy bad for your health.A. areB. haveC. isD. are( )18. —_______ girl over there is your cousin? — The slim one ______ a mask on her face.A. Which, wearsB. What, withC. Which, withD. What, has( )29. The students are chatting with each other ________ the English teacher comes.A. whatB. howC. whyD. when( ) 20. —______ have some more cakes? —I'd like to, but I'm full.A. What aboutB. Let'sC. Shall weD. Would you like三、单词拼写(本大题共8小题,每小题1分,共8分)1. My teacher will give me a _________________(特殊的) present on my birthday.2. —When does the ________________(狮子) dance start? —At 8 o'clock in the evening.3. We are all __________________(不同的) from each other.4. ---What are you going to do this ___________(come) Saturday? --- We are going on a picnic.5. Some children like to eat ____________(much) meat and less fruit.6.There are lots of ____________(interest) things to do in the summer holiday.7. We have dinner at my ________________(grandparent) home every weekend.8. There are a lot of _______(重要的)things at the Chinese New Year in Nanjing.四、动词填空(本大题共10小题,每小题1分,共10分)1、The Green family often _________(exercise)in the park.2、They are so busy that they have no time_________(have) fun.3、Our party __________(not start)at four o'clock.It starts at five.4、Look!The boy __________(have)some bread for breakfast over other.5、Thank you very much for ________(write) a postcard to me.6、What about_______(eat) some bread breakfast?7、He spends two hours _________(play) the piano every day.8、Can Kitty _________(go) to the Computer Club today?五、句型转换(本大题共5小题,每空1分,共10分)1.We have a party in the evening on July 5th. We have a party ______ the evening ______ July 5th..2.She wears a beautiful dress .There are many flowers on it.She _____ a beautiful dress _______ many flowers on it.3. I'm late because I walked here today. (对画线部分提问) _______ ______ _______late today?4.My mother buys me some delicious moon cakes. (同) My mother______some delicious moon cakes______me.5. John's father reads newspapers every night. (提问)_______ ______ _______John's father_____newspaper?6.How do you celebrate Halloween?(同义句转换)________ do you ________ ________ celebrate Halloween?六、完成句子(本大题共5小题,共10分)1.通常他们举行晚会庆祝圣诞节。
江阴南闸实验学校初一英语上学期期末模拟2姓名:__________ 班级:____________ 家长签名:____________一、单词辨音(本大题共6小题,每小题1分,共6分)1、A、Halloween B、world C、wish D、warm2、A、Maths B、windows C、sports D、wakes3、A、near B、early C、year D、dear4、A、shout B、mouth C、out D、would5、A、call B、always C、walk D、talk6、A、monkey B、thank C、sound D、uncle二、单项选择(本大题共15小题,每小题1分,共15分)( )1. Look! There's sheep on the hill. How lovely!A. a littleB. someC. manyD. much( )2. What do you do the Chinese New Year in Wuxi?A.celebratingB. celebrateC. to celebrateD. celebrates( )3. What kind of clothes do people like to________? A. wear B. put on C. dress D. in( )4. People make lanterns pumpkins. A. out B. out of C. of D. from( )5. Eating too much meat and candy bad for your health.A. areB.haveC. isD. are( )6. Does it take Millie two and a half hours her housework at weekends?A. to doB. doC. doesD. doing( )7. We have finished our homework today. ________ shall we do tomorrow?A. What otherB. What othersC. What thingD. What else( )8. Nick's family a big one. Listen! The family singing Christmas songs.A.is;isB. are; areC. is; areD. are;is( )9. ---How long the shop every day? ----It at 8 a.m. and at 8 p.m.A. does, open, is open, is closedB. is, open, is open, is closedC. does, open, opens, closesD. is ,open, opens, closes( )10. He gets up early the school bus every day.A. catchesB. to catchingC. catchingD. to catch( )11. --________ there __________ interesting news in today’s newspaper? --- Yes, there __________.A. Is ; any; is someB. Are ; any ;are someC. Is ; an ; is oneD. Are ;some; are ;some( )12. Shall we buy a present _______ him?A. ofB. forC. fromD. to( )13._______does Sandy usually do __________ Thanksgiving Day?A. What; forB. How; inC. What; inD. How; on( )14. Can you __________?A. give some milk for me B .give me any milk C. give some milk to me D. give any milk to me ( ) 15.--Happy New Year! --_____________A. Thank you.B. The same to you.C. That’s all right.D. Not at all三、单词拼写(本大题共10小题,每小题1分,共10分)1.The woman is making__________ (饺子)for his beloved son.2.They are very busy now.They are getting ready for one of the big__________ (晚会).3.People like making ____________(灯笼)out of pumpkins on Halloween.4.People__________ (围绕)the world come to visit the Great Wall every year.5.His ____________(祖父母)are both over eighty,but they are still healthy.6.Do you know today is a ______(特别的)day?7. He is interested in (用颜料涂)pictures of lovely children.8. There will be wonderful fashion (演出)next weekend.9. Can you see the (礼物)on the table? They are so beautiful.10. The dumplings are delicious. Can I have some (更多)?四、动词填空(本大题共8小题,每小题1分,共8分)1. Each of them always_______ (dress) at the school show.2. The old man buys lots of candy_______ (give) children a good treat.3. If this boy_______ (not get) any candy, he will cry.4. How long does it take her_______ (fly) a kite in the park?5. _______ (not play) tricks on your classmates. It's not good for you to do so.6. My parents are both happy_______ (get) presents from me.7. Who_______ (paint) the wall green, do you know?8. Children celebrate Halloween by_______ (play) the game "trick or treat".五、句型转换(本大题共5小题,每空0.5分,共10分)1.Wendy goes to school by taxi every Friday. (提问) _______ ______Wendy_______to school every Friday2. Hospital is behind that tall building. (对画线部分提问) ______________No.1 Hospital?3.He likes the blue one. (对画线部分提问) _______ _______ _______he like?4.I would like to dress up as a ghost.(对画线部分提问) ________ _______ you like to dress up_______?5.Children go to school at the age of 7 in China. (提问)________ ________ children ________school in China?六、完成句子(本大题共5小题,共10分)1、在夜晚我们举行有关全世界不同节日的演出。
江阴市南闸实验学校初一上学期期末模拟1姓名:__________ 班级:_________ 家长签名:____________一、单词辨音(本大题共5小题,每小题2分,共10分)( )1 A. money B. some C. cost D. brother( )2 A. enough B. cousin C. young D. around( )3 A. want B. what C. water D. wallet( )4 A. play B. stay C. way D. says( )5 A. salt B. also C. always D. talk二、单项选择(本大题共15小题,每小题1分,共15分)1.Chinese and maths my favourite lessons.A.isB.areC.haveD.has2. It is _________ to look at the drawings when I finish _________ them.A. fun; to drawB. the fun; to drawC. a fun; drawingD. fun; drawing3. lunchtime, I often chat my friends in the playground.A.At; forB. For; withC. At ; withD. For; at4.They were very me while I was ill.A.nice toB.kind ofC.kind forD.nice for5.—Is it time lunch? —Yes. It's time for us have lunch.A.for ; forB. to ; forC. to ; toD. for; to6. There are many apples in the box. You can take ________ if you like.A. fewB. a fewC. littleD. a little7. - Mrs Li is very popular among the students. - Yes. Her classes are_______ lively and interesting.A. alwaysB. sometimesC. seldomD. never8.Two interesting places in Suzhou are famous. One is Humble Administrator's Garden, __is the Tiger Hill.A. the otherB. anotherC. otherD. others9.—I want to be_____, What should I do?—Firsts you must keep _____ every day. Next, try to eat more vegetables and fruits.A. health; happilyB. healthy; happilyC. healthy; happyD. health, happily10. —Why are so_____ people in the supermarket near our school?—Because they want to buy_____ cheap bread there.A.many; muchB. many; manyC.much; muchD. much, many11.—What are you looking for? — I need to buy_____ .A. three bottles of juiceB. three bottle of juicesC.three bottles of juicesD.three bottle of juices12.— Happy birthday to you, dear children!— ____________________A.The same to you.B. I’m glad to hear that.C.Thank you.D. That’s all right.13.— Shall we take a taxi to the park?— Oh,no. Let’s go there by bike. Taking a taxi_____too much money.A.costsB. spendsC.takesD. pays14.The library_____from 8 a.m. to 3 p.m. on weekdays, but it closes at 5 p.m. at weekends.A.is openB. opensC.openD. is opening15.—I’m sure the jeans fit you well.—Well, I can’t say that before I____________.A. try it onB. try on itC. try on themD. try them on三、单词拼写(本大题共10小题,每小题1分,共10分)1. I usually do my homework (首先)after school.2. I like (聊天)with my mother.3. We need to help (互相).4. Do you (练习)reading English at home?5. Please give my best (祝愿) to your parents.6. The students in our school visit the Wuxi Museum ____________ (two) a year.7. The students in Sunshine Middle School do a lot of after-school ______ (活动).8.My brotOur classroom is big. What about (they)?9.her goes to __________ (dance) lessons after school every day.10.Boys and girls, (read) in bed is not good for your eyes. So don't do it any more.四、动词填空(本大题共10小题,每小题1分,共10分)1. What about (meet) my old friends? They are really great.2. The Greens began (do) some DIY work last year.3. It's time for Sandy (tell) us a story.4. Thank you for (listen) to my problems.5. Getting up early every day (be) good for us.6. The Class 3 studems had a very good time (play) in the park.7. Sandy has no time (do) her homework.8. Look! The notice(布告)says, " (not swim) in the river. It's dangerous!"9.―Where are your parents? ―They(paint) the dining room.10. I would like one of my friends (go) shopping with me.五、句型转换(本大题共5小题,每空1分,共10分)1. Millie sometimes goes roller skating. (对划线部分提问)_____________ ____________ does Millie go roller skating?2. It’s time for breakfast.(同义句) It’s time ___________ ___________ breakfast.3. I’d like some milk. (改为一般疑问句) _______you like ______milk?4. They had a good time at the party. (同义句) They _______ ________ at the party.lie is in the Swimming Team. (同义句)Millie is ________ _________ __________ the Swimming Team.六、完成句子(本大题共5小题,共10分)1. Millie 放学后很少练习打网球。
2020-2021学年译林牛津版版七年级英语上册第一学期七年级英语学科期末检测卷注意事项:●本试卷共8页, 全卷满分100分, 考试时间为100分钟。
试卷包含选择题和非选择题。
考生答题全部答在答题卡上, 答在本试卷上无效。
●请认真核对监考教师在答题卡上所粘贴条形码的姓名, 考试证号是否与本人相符合,再将自己的姓名、考试证号用0.5毫米墨水签字笔填写在答管题卡及本试卷上。
●答选择题必须用2B铅笔将答题卡上对应的答案标号涂黑, 如有改动, 请用橡皮擦干净后, 再选涂其他答案。
答非选择题必须用0.5毫米黑色墨水签字笔写在答题卡的指定位置, 在其他位置答题律无效。
第I卷选择题(共55分)一、听力(共15小题:每小题1分, 共计15分)第一部分听对话, 回答问题。
本部分共有5道小题, 每小题你将听到一段对话, 在听每段对话前, 你将有5秒钟的时间阅读题目:听完后, 你还有5秒钟的时间选出你认为最合适的备选答案。
听两遍。
1. How does the man travel?2. What does the man like best?3. What does the girl like doing at the weekend?4. How many teachers are there in the girl's school?A. Ninety-three.B. Sixty-one.C. Thirty-two.S. What sport does Linda like?A. Walking.B. Swimming.C. Flaying badminton.6. What is Daniel doing?A. Working on the Internet.B. Reading a book.C. Studying in his room.7. What does Kitty want to be?A. A teacherB. A singer.C. A worker.8. What is on the wall?A. A map of China.B. A map of England.C. A map of the world9. What does the boy's sister look like?A. She is tall.B. She has short hair.C. She has a small nose.10. Where does the woman have breakfast?A. At home.B. In the restaurant.C. At school.第二部分听对话或短文, 回答问题,这一部分你将听到一段对话和一篇短文, 听对话或短文前, 你将有时间阅读相关小题, 每小题5秒钟;听完后, 每小题你还有5秒钟的时间选山你认为最合适的备选答案。
七年级上册英语期末复习重难点提优训练整理一、单项选择:1.“I don’t think I’m different from_________else. I’m just the son of a farmer.” MoYan said.A.anyoneB. nobodyC. someoneD. everyone2. ---Why don’t you buy this red hat for your mother?---It doesn’t _________ her new coat. I think this blue one is better.A. makeB. fitC. matchD.change3. ---Sir, may I come in?---Come in please. The door _________.A. is openB. opensC.is closedD.closes4. ---Look! Fireworks!---Wow!How beautiful! But people living in this area can’t ________ fireworks.A.let offB.get offC. let outD. get out5. ---When was Mike born?---_______the evening of October 20th,2003.A. InB.AtC. OnD. Of6. ---How can we help the children in poor areas?---We can ________ our pocket money to buy them some school things.A. spendB. takeC. costD. use7. ---Thank you very much for your help.--- ___________________.A.I’m not sureB.You are welcome.C.All rightD.Thank you, too.8. John’s mother usually______to work. But now she_______ to work with John’s father.A.is driving; is ridingB. drives; is ridingC. drives; ridesD. is driving; rides9. ---Look out of the window. Can you see the tree_______our classroom?---Yes, it’s very tall.A. in front ofB.in the front ofC. beforeD. after10. ---Dad, my gloves are old. I want to buy a new________.---Sure.A. thatB. oneC. itD. pair11. ---Eddie is hungry all the time.does he walk to his bowl ?---Many times a day.A.How many timesB. How oftenC.How longD.How soon12. ---What do we need to buy to celebrate the Dragon Boat Festival?--- __________________.A.Two kilos of potatoes and two packets of saltsB.Two kilos of potatoes and two packet of saltC.Two kiloes of potatos and two packets of saltD.Two kilos of potatoes and two packets of salt13. People in America do not celebrate ______________________.A.Thanksgiving DayB.the Dragon Boat FestivalC. HalloweenD.Christmas14.---__________________?---Yes, please. I’d like to buy some apples, some oranges and some mangoes.A.What do you wantB.Can you help meC.What can I do for youD.How do you like it15. Kitty doesn’t like hamburgers, so she __________ eats them.A.seldomB.alwaysC. sometimesD. often16. ---________ is it to Jiangdu Source Park from your home?---Well. It takes over ten minutes by self-service (共享) bike.A. How longB. How muchC.How farD. How many17. ---What’s on the table?---There_______some paper cups and four bottles of cola.A. isB. areC. hasD. have18. These shoes are very beautiful, but the __________is high.A. sizeB. styleC. colourD. price19. RT-Supermarket_______at 9 a.m. and it ______ for 10 hours every weekend.A.opens; opensB. opens; is openC.is open; opensD. is open; is open20. The new dress looks beautiful on me. It ___________ me only 100 yuan.A. spendsB. takesC. costsD. uses21. ---Does this underground go to the Meiyuan Park?---No. You_________the wrong way. You should take Line2.A. goB. goesC. are goingD. would go22. ---Someone is singing in the classroom.---____________nice music! Don’t you think so ?A. WhatB. What aC. HowD. How a23. ---__________ woman is Daniel’s mother?---The one in the red coat.A. WhatB. WhereC. WhoD. Which24. Jack, eat the apple on the table. ______apple a day keeps the doctor away.A.AnB. TheC. AD.不填25. ---My pen doesn’t work. May I borrow_________, Tom?---Sorry, I’m using it now.A. youB. yourC. yoursD. mine26. ---__________ your brother a member of the basketball team?---No, he __________ like playing basketball.A. Does; isB. Do; doesn’tC. Is; doesn’tD. Is; isn’t27. ---May I have___________milk?---Sure, help yourself.A. someB.anyC. a lotD. lots28. ---Folk music is popular among young people.---Yes. Everyone in our class___________this kind of music.A. enjoys listeningB.enjoys listening toC. enjoy listening toD.enjoy listening29. He needs_____________to finish his homework every night these days .A. many two hoursB. two another hoursC. more two hoursD. two more hours30.This dress is . Can I ?A.enough cheap; try on itB.cheap enough; try on itC.enough cheap; try it onD.cheap enough; try it on二、词汇运用1. The sweater is____________(comfortable) , so I want to change it.2. Thank you for __________ (let) me know everything.3. I have dancing lessons__________ a week. (two)4. Mr. Chen is a good teacher. He teaches ___________English. (we)5. The twins are__________(平躺)on t he grass anal enjoy the full moon.6. Millie is different from others and she is a very__________(特别的)girl.7. The__________ (总计)number of the students in our school is less than 1,200.8. Shanghai is a__________(现代化的)city in the world.9. He with his parents always__________up on the evening of October 31. (dress)10. My granny has a few bad __________. She can’t eat such hard food. (tooth)11. We can see some__________(英雄) pictures on the wall.12. The man ordered all the expensive dishes on the (菜单).13. Give me a good ___________(理由) why you're so late.14. ---Tom, don' t be____________(懒惰). Go and make your bed!---OK, Mum. I' m coming!15. Neil is a_____________(顶尖的) player of Changjiang Football Club.16. Kate's lifestyle____________(似乎)very different from mine.17. Our school is_______________ (real) beautiful. We like it.18. Simon has many_________(爱好), such as playing basketball, drawing and singing.19. My brother is interested in (改变)my hair style.20. __________(生物) is so interesting a subject that we all like it.21. The boy__________(有) a big mouth is 8 years old.22. Eating ___________(健康) is good for you to keep fit.23. On ____________(儿童) Day, the girl got a model plane from her dad.24. All of us had a wonderful time___________(celebrate)Millie's birthday yesterday.25. I don't think this pair of shoes___________ (match)her blue jeans.26. People seldom use__________(radio) to listen to news because of the Internet.27. We were late for the film, but __________we didn't miss much. (luck)28. Our school has lots of colorful every year and we live a happy life.(活动)29. Who wants to buy that kind of bike? (其他)30. Tom usually_________(醒) up at 6:00 every morning. What about you?三、完成句子1.我的蓝色牛仔裤是棉做的。
江阴南闸实验学校初一英语上学期期末模拟5姓名:__________ 班级:____________ 家长签名:____________一、单词辨音(本大题共10小题,每小题1分,共10分)( )1. A. wake B. face C. Halloween D. celebrate( )2. A. special B. because C. rest D. tennis( )3. A. winter B. pink C. hungry D.spring( )4. A. father B. three C. thin D.month( )5. A. shout B. around C.would D.mouse( )6. A. sweater B. bread C. treat D.breakfast( )7. A. lion B. thing C. inside D.bright( )8. A. chocolate B. watch C. Christmas D. teacher( )9. A. look B.good C. moon D.cook( )10. A. bowl B. know C. down D.window二、单项选择(本大题共20小题,每小题1分,共20分)( ) 1.Let you and _________ friends and don’t play tricks _________ each other again.A. I am; withB. I are;onC. me are; withD. me be ; on( ) 2. They have a party __________ the evening______ October 1 every year.A. in ,ofB. at ,onC. on ,ofD. on. on( )3. The girl ____a mask wants to dress up ______ Snow White.A.wears;asB.with;asC. wears; inD. with;in( ) 4. _________ is yours, this one or that one?A. Which oneB. What oneC. WhereD. Whose( ) 5.—Betty seems _______. – Yes ,she has _______ fun in the Disneyland.A . sad ;a lot ofB happy ;many C. glad; lots of D. happily; much( )6.、Boys and girls often play tricks each other April Fool's Day.A、on; onB、on; inC、to; onD、to; of( )7.— girl is your sister?— The one a red skirt.A、Who; dress B 、What; wear C、Who's; with D、Which; in( ) 8..—National Day is _________important festival in China.—Yes. We usually have a party __________ the evening of October 1.A. an; inB. an; onC. a; atD. a; on( )9.I’m _________my shoes, but I can’t ___________them.A. look for, look forB. looking for, findC. looking for, findingD. find, find( ) 10.What ____________subjects do you learn at school?A. elseB. otherC. othersD. another( ) 11. How can you make kites_______ colourful cloth(五颜六色的布)?A. outB. fromC. offD. out of( ) 12. Jim _______ his coat and goes out. He wants to meet his girlfriend.And his girlfriend _____ a nice dress today.A.puts on, dressesB. wears, puts onC. puts on, is inD. dresses up, wears ( ) 13. What _____ do _____ boys want to buy?A. else, elseB. other, otherC. other things, elseD. else, other( ) 14. We want to buy the old men some flowers ________a present for the Double Ninth Festival.A.for B.about C.as D.to( ) 15. My father is _______ holiday in Beijing. I hope _____ buy some special gifts for us.A. in, he canB. on, toC. on, he canD. in, to( )16. —Would you like ______ dumplings ______ breakfast, Millie? —Yes, please.A. some, forB. some, asC. any, forD. any, as( )17. Eating too much meat and candy bad for your health.A. areB. haveC. isD. are( )18. —_______ girl over there is your cousin? — The slim one ______ a mask on her face.A. Which, wearsB. What, withC. Which, withD. What, has( )29. The students are chatting with each other ________ the English teacher comes.A. whatB. howC. whyD. when( ) 20. —______ have some more cakes? —I'd like to, but I'm full.A. What aboutB. Let'sC. Shall weD. Would you like三、单词拼写(本大题共8小题,每小题1分,共8分)1.My teacher will give me a _________________(特殊的) present on my birthday.2. —When does the ________________(狮子) dance start? —At 8 o'clock in the evening.3. We are all __________________(不同的) from each other.4. ---What are you going to do this ___________(come) Saturday? --- We are going on a picnic.5. Some children like to eat ____________(much) meat and less fruit.6.There are lots of ____________(interest) things to do in the summer holiday.7. We have dinner at my ________________(grandparent) home every weekend.8. There are a lot of _______(重要的)things at the Chinese New Year in Nanjing.四、动词填空(本大题共10小题,每小题1分,共10分)1、The Green family often _________(exercise)in the park.2、They are so busy that they have no time_________(have) fun.3、Our party __________(not start)at four o'clock.It starts at five.4、Look!The boy __________(have)some bread for breakfast over other.5、Thank you very much for ________(write) a postcard to me.6、What about_______(eat) some bread breakfast?7、He spends two hours _________(play) the piano every day.8、Can Kitty _________(go) to the Computer Club today?五、句型转换(本大题共5小题,每空1分,共10分)1.We have a party in the evening on July 5th. We have a party ______ the evening ______ July 5th..2.She wears a beautiful dress .There are many flowers on it.She _____ a beautiful dress _______ many flowers on it.3. I'm late because I walked here today. (对画线部分提问) _______ ______ _______late today?4.My mother buys me some delicious moon cakes. (同) My mother______some delicious moon cakes______me.5. John's father reads newspapers every night. (提问)_______ ______ _______John's father_____newspaper?6.How do you celebrate Halloween?(同义句转换)________ do you ________ ________ celebrate Halloween?六、完成句子(本大题共5小题,共10分)1.通常他们举行晚会庆祝圣诞节。